Mercurial > projects > ldc
annotate dmd/mtype.c @ 1245:465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
| author | Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com> |
|---|---|
| date | Fri, 17 Apr 2009 14:38:29 +0200 |
| parents | 79758fd2f48a |
| children | 7af860e4f403 |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 159 | 1 |
| 2 // Compiler implementation of the D programming language | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3 // Copyright (c) 1999-2009 by Digital Mars |
| 159 | 4 // All Rights Reserved |
| 5 // written by Walter Bright | |
| 6 // http://www.digitalmars.com | |
| 7 // License for redistribution is by either the Artistic License | |
| 8 // in artistic.txt, or the GNU General Public License in gnu.txt. | |
| 9 // See the included readme.txt for details. | |
| 10 | |
|
872
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
11 #define __C99FEATURES__ 1 // Needed on Solaris for NaN and more |
| 159 | 12 #define __USE_ISOC99 1 // so signbit() gets defined |
|
872
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
13 |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
14 #if (defined (__SVR4) && defined (__sun)) |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
15 #include <alloca.h> |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
16 #endif |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
17 |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
18 #ifdef __DMC__ |
|
1133
eeb8b95ea92e
Cleanup DMD 1.041 merge.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1124
diff
changeset
|
19 #include <math.h> |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
20 #else |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
21 #include <cmath> |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
22 #endif |
| 159 | 23 |
| 24 #include <stdio.h> | |
| 25 #include <assert.h> | |
| 26 #include <float.h> | |
| 27 | |
| 28 #if _MSC_VER | |
| 29 #include <malloc.h> | |
| 30 #include <complex> | |
| 31 #include <limits> | |
| 32 #elif __DMC__ | |
| 33 #include <complex.h> | |
|
285
297690b5d4a5
[svn r306] Fixed: it's now possible to compile and link llvmdc with MinGW32 and msys on Win32 :D I tried it myself ;) Building the runtime still needs some work, but it's a step in the right direction.
lindquist
parents:
270
diff
changeset
|
34 #elif __MINGW32__ |
|
297690b5d4a5
[svn r306] Fixed: it's now possible to compile and link llvmdc with MinGW32 and msys on Win32 :D I tried it myself ;) Building the runtime still needs some work, but it's a step in the right direction.
lindquist
parents:
270
diff
changeset
|
35 #include <malloc.h> |
| 159 | 36 #endif |
| 37 | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
38 #include "rmem.h" |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
39 #include "port.h" |
| 159 | 40 |
| 41 #include "dsymbol.h" | |
| 42 #include "mtype.h" | |
| 43 #include "scope.h" | |
| 44 #include "init.h" | |
| 45 #include "expression.h" | |
| 46 #include "attrib.h" | |
| 47 #include "declaration.h" | |
| 48 #include "template.h" | |
| 49 #include "id.h" | |
| 50 #include "enum.h" | |
| 51 #include "import.h" | |
| 52 #include "aggregate.h" | |
| 53 #include "hdrgen.h" | |
| 54 | |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
55 #if IN_LLVM |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
56 //#include "gen/tollvm.h" |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
57 Ir* Type::sir = NULL; |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
58 unsigned GetTypeAlignment(Ir* ir, Type* t); |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
59 #endif |
|
1009
b1b23a64ad8c
Use LLVM alignment data instead of hand-picked.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1008
diff
changeset
|
60 |
| 159 | 61 FuncDeclaration *hasThis(Scope *sc); |
| 62 | |
| 63 | |
| 64 #define LOGDOTEXP 0 // log ::dotExp() | |
| 65 #define LOGDEFAULTINIT 0 // log ::defaultInit() | |
| 66 | |
| 67 // Allow implicit conversion of T[] to T* | |
| 68 #define IMPLICIT_ARRAY_TO_PTR global.params.useDeprecated | |
| 69 | |
| 70 /* These have default values for 32 bit code, they get | |
| 71 * adjusted for 64 bit code. | |
| 72 */ | |
| 73 | |
| 74 int PTRSIZE = 4; | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
75 #if TARGET_OSX |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
76 int REALSIZE = 16; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
77 int REALPAD = 6; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
78 int REALALIGNSIZE = 16; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
79 #elif TARGET_LINUX || TARGET_FREEBSD |
| 159 | 80 int REALSIZE = 12; |
| 81 int REALPAD = 2; | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
82 int REALALIGNSIZE = 4; |
| 159 | 83 #else |
| 84 int REALSIZE = 10; | |
| 85 int REALPAD = 0; | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
86 int REALALIGNSIZE = 2; |
| 159 | 87 #endif |
| 88 int Tsize_t = Tuns32; | |
| 89 int Tptrdiff_t = Tint32; | |
| 90 | |
| 91 /***************************** Type *****************************/ | |
| 92 | |
| 93 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfo; | |
| 94 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoclass; | |
| 95 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfointerface; | |
| 96 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfostruct; | |
| 97 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfotypedef; | |
| 98 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfopointer; | |
| 99 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoarray; | |
| 100 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfostaticarray; | |
| 101 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoassociativearray; | |
| 102 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoenum; | |
| 103 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfofunction; | |
| 104 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfodelegate; | |
| 105 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfotypelist; | |
| 106 | |
| 107 Type *Type::tvoidptr; | |
| 108 Type *Type::basic[TMAX]; | |
| 109 unsigned char Type::mangleChar[TMAX]; | |
| 110 StringTable Type::stringtable; | |
| 111 | |
|
1245
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
112 #if IN_LLVM |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
113 StringTable Type::deco_stringtable; |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
114 #endif |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
115 |
| 159 | 116 |
| 117 Type::Type(TY ty, Type *next) | |
| 118 { | |
| 119 this->ty = ty; | |
| 120 this->mod = 0; | |
| 121 this->next = next; | |
| 122 this->deco = NULL; | |
| 336 | 123 #if DMDV2 |
| 159 | 124 this->cto = NULL; |
| 125 this->ito = NULL; | |
| 126 #endif | |
| 127 this->pto = NULL; | |
| 128 this->rto = NULL; | |
| 129 this->arrayof = NULL; | |
| 130 this->vtinfo = NULL; | |
|
1146
1860414bf3b7
* Moved ir/irsymbol.cpp/h into ir/irdsymbol.cpp/h.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1133
diff
changeset
|
131 #if IN_DMD |
| 159 | 132 this->ctype = NULL; |
|
1146
1860414bf3b7
* Moved ir/irsymbol.cpp/h into ir/irdsymbol.cpp/h.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1133
diff
changeset
|
133 #endif |
|
1192
3251ce06c820
Started seperating type resolution from the rest of codegen again, the merge had too many regressions.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1188
diff
changeset
|
134 |
|
3251ce06c820
Started seperating type resolution from the rest of codegen again, the merge had too many regressions.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1188
diff
changeset
|
135 #if IN_LLVM |
|
3251ce06c820
Started seperating type resolution from the rest of codegen again, the merge had too many regressions.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1188
diff
changeset
|
136 this->irtype = NULL; |
|
3251ce06c820
Started seperating type resolution from the rest of codegen again, the merge had too many regressions.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1188
diff
changeset
|
137 #endif |
| 159 | 138 } |
| 139 | |
| 140 Type *Type::syntaxCopy() | |
| 141 { | |
| 142 print(); | |
| 143 fprintf(stdmsg, "ty = %d\n", ty); | |
| 144 assert(0); | |
| 145 return this; | |
| 146 } | |
| 147 | |
| 148 int Type::equals(Object *o) | |
| 149 { Type *t; | |
| 150 | |
| 151 t = (Type *)o; | |
| 152 //printf("Type::equals(%s, %s)\n", toChars(), t->toChars()); | |
| 153 if (this == o || | |
| 154 (t && deco == t->deco) && // deco strings are unique | |
| 155 deco != NULL) // and semantic() has been run | |
| 156 { | |
| 157 //printf("deco = '%s', t->deco = '%s'\n", deco, t->deco); | |
| 158 return 1; | |
| 159 } | |
| 160 //if (deco && t && t->deco) printf("deco = '%s', t->deco = '%s'\n", deco, t->deco); | |
| 161 return 0; | |
| 162 } | |
| 163 | |
| 164 char Type::needThisPrefix() | |
| 165 { | |
| 166 return 'M'; // name mangling prefix for functions needing 'this' | |
| 167 } | |
| 168 | |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
169 #if IN_LLVM |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
170 void Type::init(Ir* _sir) |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
171 #else |
| 159 | 172 void Type::init() |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
173 #endif |
| 159 | 174 { int i; |
| 175 int j; | |
| 176 | |
| 177 Lexer::initKeywords(); | |
| 178 | |
| 179 mangleChar[Tarray] = 'A'; | |
| 180 mangleChar[Tsarray] = 'G'; | |
| 181 mangleChar[Taarray] = 'H'; | |
| 182 mangleChar[Tpointer] = 'P'; | |
| 183 mangleChar[Treference] = 'R'; | |
| 184 mangleChar[Tfunction] = 'F'; | |
| 185 mangleChar[Tident] = 'I'; | |
| 186 mangleChar[Tclass] = 'C'; | |
| 187 mangleChar[Tstruct] = 'S'; | |
| 188 mangleChar[Tenum] = 'E'; | |
| 189 mangleChar[Ttypedef] = 'T'; | |
| 190 mangleChar[Tdelegate] = 'D'; | |
| 191 | |
| 192 mangleChar[Tnone] = 'n'; | |
| 193 mangleChar[Tvoid] = 'v'; | |
| 194 mangleChar[Tint8] = 'g'; | |
| 195 mangleChar[Tuns8] = 'h'; | |
| 196 mangleChar[Tint16] = 's'; | |
| 197 mangleChar[Tuns16] = 't'; | |
| 198 mangleChar[Tint32] = 'i'; | |
| 199 mangleChar[Tuns32] = 'k'; | |
| 200 mangleChar[Tint64] = 'l'; | |
| 201 mangleChar[Tuns64] = 'm'; | |
| 202 mangleChar[Tfloat32] = 'f'; | |
| 203 mangleChar[Tfloat64] = 'd'; | |
| 204 mangleChar[Tfloat80] = 'e'; | |
| 205 | |
| 206 mangleChar[Timaginary32] = 'o'; | |
| 207 mangleChar[Timaginary64] = 'p'; | |
| 208 mangleChar[Timaginary80] = 'j'; | |
| 209 mangleChar[Tcomplex32] = 'q'; | |
| 210 mangleChar[Tcomplex64] = 'r'; | |
| 211 mangleChar[Tcomplex80] = 'c'; | |
| 212 | |
| 213 mangleChar[Tbool] = 'b'; | |
| 214 mangleChar[Tascii] = 'a'; | |
| 215 mangleChar[Twchar] = 'u'; | |
| 216 mangleChar[Tdchar] = 'w'; | |
| 217 | |
| 218 mangleChar[Tbit] = '@'; | |
| 219 mangleChar[Tinstance] = '@'; | |
| 220 mangleChar[Terror] = '@'; | |
| 221 mangleChar[Ttypeof] = '@'; | |
| 222 mangleChar[Ttuple] = 'B'; | |
| 223 mangleChar[Tslice] = '@'; | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
224 mangleChar[Treturn] = '@'; |
| 159 | 225 |
| 226 for (i = 0; i < TMAX; i++) | |
| 227 { if (!mangleChar[i]) | |
| 228 fprintf(stdmsg, "ty = %d\n", i); | |
| 229 assert(mangleChar[i]); | |
| 230 } | |
| 231 | |
| 232 // Set basic types | |
| 233 static TY basetab[] = | |
| 234 { Tvoid, Tint8, Tuns8, Tint16, Tuns16, Tint32, Tuns32, Tint64, Tuns64, | |
| 235 Tfloat32, Tfloat64, Tfloat80, | |
| 236 Timaginary32, Timaginary64, Timaginary80, | |
| 237 Tcomplex32, Tcomplex64, Tcomplex80, | |
| 238 Tbit, Tbool, | |
| 239 Tascii, Twchar, Tdchar }; | |
| 240 | |
| 241 for (i = 0; i < sizeof(basetab) / sizeof(basetab[0]); i++) | |
| 242 basic[basetab[i]] = new TypeBasic(basetab[i]); | |
| 243 basic[Terror] = basic[Tint32]; | |
| 244 | |
| 245 tvoidptr = tvoid->pointerTo(); | |
| 246 | |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
247 // LDC |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
248 sir = _sir; |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
249 |
|
270
d9d5d59873d8
[svn r291] Fixed a bunch of the old Phobos tests to work with Tango.
lindquist
parents:
243
diff
changeset
|
250 // set size_t / ptrdiff_t types and pointer size |
| 159 | 251 if (global.params.is64bit) |
| 252 { | |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
253 Tsize_t = Tuns64; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
254 Tptrdiff_t = Tint64; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
255 PTRSIZE = 8; |
| 159 | 256 } |
| 257 else | |
| 258 { | |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
259 Tsize_t = Tuns32; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
260 Tptrdiff_t = Tint32; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
261 PTRSIZE = 4; |
|
243
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
262 } |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
263 |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
264 // set real size and padding |
|
445
cc40db549aea
Changed the handling of variadic intrinsics a bit.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
389
diff
changeset
|
265 if (global.params.cpu == ARCHx86) |
|
243
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
266 { |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
267 REALSIZE = 12; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
268 REALPAD = 2; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
269 } |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
270 else if (global.params.cpu == ARCHx86_64) |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
271 { |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
272 REALSIZE = 16; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
273 REALPAD = 6; |
|
243
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
274 } |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
275 else |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
276 { |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
277 REALSIZE = 8; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
278 REALPAD = 0; |
| 159 | 279 } |
| 280 } | |
| 281 | |
| 282 d_uns64 Type::size() | |
| 283 { | |
| 284 return size(0); | |
| 285 } | |
| 286 | |
| 287 d_uns64 Type::size(Loc loc) | |
| 288 { | |
| 289 error(loc, "no size for type %s", toChars()); | |
| 290 return 1; | |
| 291 } | |
| 292 | |
| 293 unsigned Type::alignsize() | |
| 294 { | |
| 295 return size(0); | |
| 296 } | |
| 297 | |
| 298 Type *Type::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 299 { | |
| 300 if (next) | |
| 301 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 302 return merge(); | |
| 303 } | |
| 304 | |
| 305 Type *Type::pointerTo() | |
| 306 { | |
| 307 if (!pto) | |
| 308 { Type *t; | |
| 309 | |
| 310 t = new TypePointer(this); | |
| 311 pto = t->merge(); | |
| 312 } | |
| 313 return pto; | |
| 314 } | |
| 315 | |
| 316 Type *Type::referenceTo() | |
| 317 { | |
| 318 if (!rto) | |
| 319 { Type *t; | |
| 320 | |
| 321 t = new TypeReference(this); | |
| 322 rto = t->merge(); | |
| 323 } | |
| 324 return rto; | |
| 325 } | |
| 326 | |
| 327 Type *Type::arrayOf() | |
| 328 { | |
| 329 if (!arrayof) | |
| 330 { Type *t; | |
| 331 | |
| 332 t = new TypeDArray(this); | |
| 333 arrayof = t->merge(); | |
| 334 } | |
| 335 return arrayof; | |
| 336 } | |
| 337 | |
| 338 Dsymbol *Type::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 339 { | |
| 340 return NULL; | |
| 341 } | |
| 342 | |
| 343 /******************************* | |
| 344 * If this is a shell around another type, | |
| 345 * get that other type. | |
| 346 */ | |
| 347 | |
| 348 Type *Type::toBasetype() | |
| 349 { | |
| 350 return this; | |
| 351 } | |
| 352 | |
| 353 /******************************** | |
| 354 * Name mangling. | |
| 355 */ | |
| 356 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
357 void Type::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 358 { |
| 359 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 360 if (next) | |
| 361 { | |
| 362 assert(next != this); | |
| 363 //printf("this = %p, ty = %d, next = %p, ty = %d\n", this, this->ty, next, next->ty); | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
364 next->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 365 } |
| 366 } | |
| 367 | |
| 368 /******************************** | |
| 369 * For pretty-printing a type. | |
| 370 */ | |
| 371 | |
| 372 char *Type::toChars() | |
| 373 { OutBuffer *buf; | |
| 374 HdrGenState hgs; | |
| 375 | |
| 376 buf = new OutBuffer(); | |
| 377 toCBuffer(buf, NULL, &hgs); | |
| 378 return buf->toChars(); | |
| 379 } | |
| 380 | |
| 381 void Type::toCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, Identifier *ident, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 382 { | |
| 383 toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 384 if (ident) | |
| 385 { buf->writeByte(' '); | |
| 386 buf->writestring(ident->toChars()); | |
| 387 } | |
| 388 } | |
| 389 | |
| 390 void Type::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 391 { | |
| 392 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 393 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 394 return; | |
| 395 } | |
| 396 buf->writestring(toChars()); | |
| 397 } | |
| 398 | |
| 399 void Type::toCBuffer3(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 400 { | |
| 401 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 402 { char *p; | |
| 403 | |
| 404 switch (this->mod) | |
| 405 { | |
| 406 case 0: | |
| 407 toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 408 break; | |
| 409 case MODconst: | |
| 410 p = "const("; | |
| 411 goto L1; | |
| 412 case MODinvariant: | |
| 413 p = "invariant("; | |
| 414 L1: buf->writestring(p); | |
| 415 toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 416 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 417 break; | |
| 418 default: | |
| 419 assert(0); | |
| 420 } | |
| 421 } | |
| 422 } | |
| 423 | |
| 424 | |
| 425 /************************************ | |
| 426 */ | |
| 427 | |
| 428 Type *Type::merge() | |
| 429 { Type *t; | |
| 430 | |
| 431 //printf("merge(%s)\n", toChars()); | |
| 432 t = this; | |
| 433 assert(t); | |
| 434 if (!deco) | |
| 435 { | |
| 436 OutBuffer buf; | |
| 437 StringValue *sv; | |
| 438 | |
| 439 if (next) | |
| 440 next = next->merge(); | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
441 toDecoBuffer(&buf, false); |
| 159 | 442 sv = stringtable.update((char *)buf.data, buf.offset); |
| 443 if (sv->ptrvalue) | |
| 444 { t = (Type *) sv->ptrvalue; | |
| 445 assert(t->deco); | |
| 446 //printf("old value, deco = '%s' %p\n", t->deco, t->deco); | |
| 447 } | |
| 448 else | |
| 449 { | |
| 450 sv->ptrvalue = this; | |
|
1245
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
451 |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
452 // we still need deco strings to be unique |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
453 // or Type::equals fails, which breaks a bunch of stuff, |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
454 // like covariant member function overloads. |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
455 OutBuffer mangle; |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
456 toDecoBuffer(&mangle, true); |
|
1245
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
457 StringValue* sv2 = deco_stringtable.update((char *)mangle.data, mangle.offset); |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
458 if (sv2->ptrvalue) |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
459 { Type* t2 = (Type *) sv2->ptrvalue; |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
460 assert(t2->deco); |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
461 deco = t2->deco; |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
462 } |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
463 else |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
464 { |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
465 sv2->ptrvalue = this; |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
466 deco = (char *)sv2->lstring.string; |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
467 } |
| 159 | 468 //printf("new value, deco = '%s' %p\n", t->deco, t->deco); |
| 469 } | |
| 470 } | |
| 471 return t; | |
| 472 } | |
| 473 | |
| 474 int Type::isbit() | |
| 475 { | |
| 476 return FALSE; | |
| 477 } | |
| 478 | |
| 479 int Type::isintegral() | |
| 480 { | |
| 481 return FALSE; | |
| 482 } | |
| 483 | |
| 484 int Type::isfloating() | |
| 485 { | |
| 486 return FALSE; | |
| 487 } | |
| 488 | |
| 489 int Type::isreal() | |
| 490 { | |
| 491 return FALSE; | |
| 492 } | |
| 493 | |
| 494 int Type::isimaginary() | |
| 495 { | |
| 496 return FALSE; | |
| 497 } | |
| 498 | |
| 499 int Type::iscomplex() | |
| 500 { | |
| 501 return FALSE; | |
| 502 } | |
| 503 | |
| 504 int Type::isscalar() | |
| 505 { | |
| 506 return FALSE; | |
| 507 } | |
| 508 | |
| 509 int Type::isunsigned() | |
| 510 { | |
| 511 return FALSE; | |
| 512 } | |
| 513 | |
| 514 ClassDeclaration *Type::isClassHandle() | |
| 515 { | |
| 516 return NULL; | |
| 517 } | |
| 518 | |
| 519 int Type::isauto() | |
| 520 { | |
| 521 return FALSE; | |
| 522 } | |
| 523 | |
| 524 int Type::isString() | |
| 525 { | |
| 526 return FALSE; | |
| 527 } | |
| 528 | |
| 529 int Type::checkBoolean() | |
| 530 { | |
| 531 return isscalar(); | |
| 532 } | |
| 533 | |
| 534 /********************************* | |
| 535 * Check type to see if it is based on a deprecated symbol. | |
| 536 */ | |
| 537 | |
| 538 void Type::checkDeprecated(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 539 { | |
| 540 Type *t; | |
| 541 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 542 | |
| 543 for (t = this; t; t = t->next) | |
| 544 { | |
| 545 s = t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 546 if (s) | |
| 547 s->checkDeprecated(loc, sc); | |
| 548 } | |
| 549 } | |
| 550 | |
| 551 | |
| 552 Expression *Type::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 553 { | |
| 554 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 555 printf("Type::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 556 #endif | |
| 557 return NULL; | |
| 558 } | |
| 559 | |
| 560 int Type::isZeroInit() | |
| 561 { | |
| 562 return 0; // assume not | |
| 563 } | |
| 564 | |
| 565 int Type::isBaseOf(Type *t, int *poffset) | |
| 566 { | |
| 567 return 0; // assume not | |
| 568 } | |
| 569 | |
| 570 /******************************** | |
| 571 * Determine if 'this' can be implicitly converted | |
| 572 * to type 'to'. | |
| 573 * Returns: | |
| 574 * 0 can't convert | |
| 575 * 1 can convert using implicit conversions | |
| 576 * 2 this and to are the same type | |
| 577 */ | |
| 578 | |
| 579 MATCH Type::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 580 { | |
| 581 //printf("Type::implicitConvTo(this=%p, to=%p)\n", this, to); | |
| 582 //printf("\tthis->next=%p, to->next=%p\n", this->next, to->next); | |
| 583 if (this == to) | |
| 584 return MATCHexact; | |
| 585 // if (to->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 586 // return 1; | |
| 587 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 588 } | |
| 589 | |
| 590 Expression *Type::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 591 { Expression *e; | |
| 592 | |
| 593 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 594 printf("Type::getProperty(type = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 595 #endif | |
| 596 if (ident == Id::__sizeof) | |
| 597 { | |
| 598 e = new IntegerExp(loc, size(loc), Type::tsize_t); | |
| 599 } | |
| 600 else if (ident == Id::size) | |
| 601 { | |
| 602 error(loc, ".size property should be replaced with .sizeof"); | |
| 603 e = new IntegerExp(loc, size(loc), Type::tsize_t); | |
| 604 } | |
| 605 else if (ident == Id::alignof) | |
| 606 { | |
| 607 e = new IntegerExp(loc, alignsize(), Type::tsize_t); | |
| 608 } | |
| 609 else if (ident == Id::typeinfo) | |
| 610 { | |
| 611 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 612 error(loc, ".typeinfo deprecated, use typeid(type)"); | |
| 613 e = getTypeInfo(NULL); | |
| 614 } | |
| 615 else if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 616 { | |
| 617 if (ty == Tvoid) | |
| 618 error(loc, "void does not have an initializer"); | |
| 619 e = defaultInit(loc); | |
| 620 } | |
| 621 else if (ident == Id::mangleof) | |
| 622 { | |
| 623 assert(deco); | |
| 624 e = new StringExp(loc, deco, strlen(deco), 'c'); | |
| 625 Scope sc; | |
| 626 e = e->semantic(&sc); | |
| 627 } | |
| 628 else if (ident == Id::stringof) | |
| 629 { char *s = toChars(); | |
| 630 e = new StringExp(loc, s, strlen(s), 'c'); | |
| 631 Scope sc; | |
| 632 e = e->semantic(&sc); | |
| 633 } | |
| 634 else | |
| 635 { | |
| 636 error(loc, "no property '%s' for type '%s'", ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 637 e = new IntegerExp(loc, 1, Type::tint32); | |
| 638 } | |
| 639 return e; | |
| 640 } | |
| 641 | |
| 642 Expression *Type::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 643 { VarDeclaration *v = NULL; | |
| 644 | |
| 645 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 646 printf("Type::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 647 #endif | |
| 648 if (e->op == TOKdotvar) | |
| 649 { | |
| 650 DotVarExp *dv = (DotVarExp *)e; | |
| 651 v = dv->var->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 652 } | |
| 653 else if (e->op == TOKvar) | |
| 654 { | |
| 655 VarExp *ve = (VarExp *)e; | |
| 656 v = ve->var->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 657 } | |
| 658 if (v) | |
| 659 { | |
| 660 if (ident == Id::offset) | |
| 661 { | |
| 662 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 663 error(e->loc, ".offset deprecated, use .offsetof"); | |
| 664 goto Loffset; | |
| 665 } | |
| 666 else if (ident == Id::offsetof) | |
| 667 { | |
| 668 Loffset: | |
| 669 if (v->storage_class & STCfield) | |
| 670 { | |
| 671 e = new IntegerExp(e->loc, v->offset, Type::tsize_t); | |
| 672 return e; | |
| 673 } | |
| 674 } | |
| 675 else if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 676 { | |
| 677 #if 0 | |
| 678 if (v->init) | |
| 679 { | |
| 680 if (v->init->isVoidInitializer()) | |
| 681 error(e->loc, "%s.init is void", v->toChars()); | |
| 682 else | |
| 683 { Loc loc = e->loc; | |
| 684 e = v->init->toExpression(); | |
| 685 if (e->op == TOKassign || e->op == TOKconstruct) | |
| 686 { | |
| 687 e = ((AssignExp *)e)->e2; | |
| 688 | |
| 689 /* Take care of case where we used a 0 | |
| 690 * to initialize the struct. | |
| 691 */ | |
| 692 if (e->type == Type::tint32 && | |
| 693 e->isBool(0) && | |
| 694 v->type->toBasetype()->ty == Tstruct) | |
| 695 { | |
| 696 e = v->type->defaultInit(loc); | |
| 697 } | |
| 698 } | |
| 699 e = e->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 700 // if (!e->isConst()) | |
| 701 // error(loc, ".init cannot be evaluated at compile time"); | |
| 702 } | |
| 703 return e; | |
| 704 } | |
| 705 #endif | |
| 706 Expression *ex = defaultInit(e->loc); | |
| 707 return ex; | |
| 708 } | |
| 709 } | |
| 710 if (ident == Id::typeinfo) | |
| 711 { | |
| 712 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 713 error(e->loc, ".typeinfo deprecated, use typeid(type)"); | |
| 714 e = getTypeInfo(sc); | |
| 715 return e; | |
| 716 } | |
| 717 if (ident == Id::stringof) | |
| 718 { char *s = e->toChars(); | |
| 719 e = new StringExp(e->loc, s, strlen(s), 'c'); | |
| 720 Scope sc; | |
| 721 e = e->semantic(&sc); | |
| 722 return e; | |
| 723 } | |
| 724 return getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 725 } | |
| 726 | |
| 727 unsigned Type::memalign(unsigned salign) | |
| 728 { | |
| 729 return salign; | |
| 730 } | |
| 731 | |
| 732 void Type::error(Loc loc, const char *format, ...) | |
| 733 { | |
| 734 va_list ap; | |
| 735 va_start(ap, format); | |
| 736 ::verror(loc, format, ap); | |
| 737 va_end( ap ); | |
| 738 } | |
| 739 | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
740 void Type::warning(Loc loc, const char *format, ...) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
741 { |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
742 if (global.params.warnings && !global.gag) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
743 { |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
744 va_list ap; |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
745 va_start(ap, format); |
|
1124
e7f0c2b48047
Fix a bug where ::warning() was called with a va_list argument instead of an
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1103
diff
changeset
|
746 ::vwarning(loc, format, ap); |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
747 va_end( ap ); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
748 } |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
749 } |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
750 |
| 159 | 751 Identifier *Type::getTypeInfoIdent(int internal) |
| 752 { | |
| 753 // _init_10TypeInfo_%s | |
| 754 OutBuffer buf; | |
| 755 Identifier *id; | |
| 756 char *name; | |
| 757 int len; | |
| 758 | |
| 759 //toTypeInfoBuffer(&buf); | |
| 760 if (internal) | |
| 761 { buf.writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 762 if (ty == Tarray) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
763 buf.writeByte(mangleChar[((TypeArray *)this)->next->ty]); |
| 159 | 764 } |
| 765 else | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
766 toDecoBuffer(&buf, true); |
| 159 | 767 len = buf.offset; |
| 768 name = (char *)alloca(19 + sizeof(len) * 3 + len + 1); | |
| 769 buf.writeByte(0); | |
| 770 sprintf(name, "_D%dTypeInfo_%s6__initZ", 9 + len, buf.data); | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
771 // LDC |
|
375
3c4460b988bd
Do not strip the leading underscore for typeinfo mangles on Windows.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
336
diff
changeset
|
772 // it is not clear where the underscore that's stripped here is added back in |
|
3c4460b988bd
Do not strip the leading underscore for typeinfo mangles on Windows.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
336
diff
changeset
|
773 // if (global.params.isWindows) |
|
3c4460b988bd
Do not strip the leading underscore for typeinfo mangles on Windows.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
336
diff
changeset
|
774 // name++; // C mangling will add it back in |
| 159 | 775 //printf("name = %s\n", name); |
| 776 id = Lexer::idPool(name); | |
| 777 return id; | |
| 778 } | |
| 779 | |
| 780 TypeBasic *Type::isTypeBasic() | |
| 781 { | |
| 782 return NULL; | |
| 783 } | |
| 784 | |
| 785 | |
| 786 void Type::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 787 { | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
788 //printf("Type::resolve() %s, %d\n", toChars(), ty); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
789 Type *t = semantic(loc, sc); |
| 159 | 790 *pt = t; |
| 791 *pe = NULL; | |
| 792 *ps = NULL; | |
| 793 } | |
| 794 | |
| 795 /******************************* | |
| 796 * If one of the subtypes of this type is a TypeIdentifier, | |
| 797 * i.e. it's an unresolved type, return that type. | |
| 798 */ | |
| 799 | |
| 800 Type *Type::reliesOnTident() | |
| 801 { | |
| 802 if (!next) | |
| 803 return NULL; | |
| 804 else | |
| 805 return next->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 806 } | |
| 807 | |
| 808 /******************************** | |
| 809 * We've mistakenly parsed this as a type. | |
| 810 * Redo it as an Expression. | |
| 811 * NULL if cannot. | |
| 812 */ | |
| 813 | |
| 814 Expression *Type::toExpression() | |
| 815 { | |
| 816 return NULL; | |
| 817 } | |
| 818 | |
| 819 /*************************************** | |
| 820 * Return !=0 if type has pointers that need to | |
| 821 * be scanned by the GC during a collection cycle. | |
| 822 */ | |
| 823 | |
| 824 int Type::hasPointers() | |
| 825 { | |
| 826 return FALSE; | |
| 827 } | |
| 828 | |
| 829 /* ============================= TypeBasic =========================== */ | |
| 830 | |
| 831 TypeBasic::TypeBasic(TY ty) | |
| 832 : Type(ty, NULL) | |
|
658
50383e476c7e
Upgraded frontend to DMD 1.035
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
642
diff
changeset
|
833 { const char *c; |
|
50383e476c7e
Upgraded frontend to DMD 1.035
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
642
diff
changeset
|
834 const char *d; |
| 159 | 835 unsigned flags; |
| 836 | |
| 837 #define TFLAGSintegral 1 | |
| 838 #define TFLAGSfloating 2 | |
| 839 #define TFLAGSunsigned 4 | |
| 840 #define TFLAGSreal 8 | |
| 841 #define TFLAGSimaginary 0x10 | |
| 842 #define TFLAGScomplex 0x20 | |
| 843 | |
| 844 flags = 0; | |
| 845 switch (ty) | |
| 846 { | |
| 847 case Tvoid: d = Token::toChars(TOKvoid); | |
| 848 c = "void"; | |
| 849 break; | |
| 850 | |
| 851 case Tint8: d = Token::toChars(TOKint8); | |
| 852 c = "byte"; | |
| 853 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 854 break; | |
| 855 | |
| 856 case Tuns8: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns8); | |
| 857 c = "ubyte"; | |
| 858 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 859 break; | |
| 860 | |
| 861 case Tint16: d = Token::toChars(TOKint16); | |
| 862 c = "short"; | |
| 863 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 864 break; | |
| 865 | |
| 866 case Tuns16: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns16); | |
| 867 c = "ushort"; | |
| 868 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 869 break; | |
| 870 | |
| 871 case Tint32: d = Token::toChars(TOKint32); | |
| 872 c = "int"; | |
| 873 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 874 break; | |
| 875 | |
| 876 case Tuns32: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns32); | |
| 877 c = "uint"; | |
| 878 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 879 break; | |
| 880 | |
| 881 case Tfloat32: d = Token::toChars(TOKfloat32); | |
| 882 c = "float"; | |
| 883 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSreal; | |
| 884 break; | |
| 885 | |
| 886 case Tint64: d = Token::toChars(TOKint64); | |
| 887 c = "long"; | |
| 888 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 889 break; | |
| 890 | |
| 891 case Tuns64: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns64); | |
| 892 c = "ulong"; | |
| 893 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 894 break; | |
| 895 | |
| 896 case Tfloat64: d = Token::toChars(TOKfloat64); | |
| 897 c = "double"; | |
| 898 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSreal; | |
| 899 break; | |
| 900 | |
| 901 case Tfloat80: d = Token::toChars(TOKfloat80); | |
| 902 c = "real"; | |
| 903 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSreal; | |
| 904 break; | |
| 905 | |
| 906 case Timaginary32: d = Token::toChars(TOKimaginary32); | |
| 907 c = "ifloat"; | |
| 908 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 909 break; | |
| 910 | |
| 911 case Timaginary64: d = Token::toChars(TOKimaginary64); | |
| 912 c = "idouble"; | |
| 913 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 914 break; | |
| 915 | |
| 916 case Timaginary80: d = Token::toChars(TOKimaginary80); | |
| 917 c = "ireal"; | |
| 918 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 919 break; | |
| 920 | |
| 921 case Tcomplex32: d = Token::toChars(TOKcomplex32); | |
| 922 c = "cfloat"; | |
| 923 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 924 break; | |
| 925 | |
| 926 case Tcomplex64: d = Token::toChars(TOKcomplex64); | |
| 927 c = "cdouble"; | |
| 928 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 929 break; | |
| 930 | |
| 931 case Tcomplex80: d = Token::toChars(TOKcomplex80); | |
| 932 c = "creal"; | |
| 933 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 934 break; | |
| 935 | |
| 936 | |
| 937 case Tbit: d = Token::toChars(TOKbit); | |
| 938 c = "bit"; | |
| 939 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 940 break; | |
| 941 | |
| 942 case Tbool: d = "bool"; | |
| 943 c = d; | |
| 944 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 945 break; | |
| 946 | |
| 947 case Tascii: d = Token::toChars(TOKchar); | |
| 948 c = "char"; | |
| 949 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 950 break; | |
| 951 | |
| 952 case Twchar: d = Token::toChars(TOKwchar); | |
| 953 c = "wchar"; | |
| 954 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 955 break; | |
| 956 | |
| 957 case Tdchar: d = Token::toChars(TOKdchar); | |
| 958 c = "dchar"; | |
| 959 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 960 break; | |
| 961 | |
| 962 default: assert(0); | |
| 963 } | |
| 964 this->dstring = d; | |
| 965 this->cstring = c; | |
| 966 this->flags = flags; | |
| 967 merge(); | |
| 968 } | |
| 969 | |
| 970 Type *TypeBasic::syntaxCopy() | |
| 971 { | |
| 972 // No semantic analysis done on basic types, no need to copy | |
| 973 return this; | |
| 974 } | |
| 975 | |
| 976 | |
| 977 char *TypeBasic::toChars() | |
| 978 { | |
|
658
50383e476c7e
Upgraded frontend to DMD 1.035
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
642
diff
changeset
|
979 return (char *)dstring; |
| 159 | 980 } |
| 981 | |
| 982 void TypeBasic::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 983 { | |
| 984 //printf("TypeBasic::toCBuffer2(mod = %d, this->mod = %d)\n", mod, this->mod); | |
| 985 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 986 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 987 return; | |
| 988 } | |
| 989 buf->writestring(dstring); | |
| 990 } | |
| 991 | |
| 992 d_uns64 TypeBasic::size(Loc loc) | |
| 993 { unsigned size; | |
| 994 | |
| 995 //printf("TypeBasic::size()\n"); | |
| 996 switch (ty) | |
| 997 { | |
| 998 case Tint8: | |
| 999 case Tuns8: size = 1; break; | |
| 1000 case Tint16: | |
| 1001 case Tuns16: size = 2; break; | |
| 1002 case Tint32: | |
| 1003 case Tuns32: | |
| 1004 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1005 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1006 size = 4; break; | |
| 1007 case Tint64: | |
| 1008 case Tuns64: | |
| 1009 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1010 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1011 size = 8; break; | |
| 1012 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1013 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1014 size = REALSIZE; break; | |
| 1015 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1016 size = 8; break; | |
| 1017 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1018 size = 16; break; | |
| 1019 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1020 size = REALSIZE * 2; break; | |
| 1021 | |
| 1022 case Tvoid: | |
| 1023 //size = Type::size(); // error message | |
| 1024 size = 1; | |
| 1025 break; | |
| 1026 | |
| 1027 case Tbit: size = 1; break; | |
| 1028 case Tbool: size = 1; break; | |
| 1029 case Tascii: size = 1; break; | |
| 1030 case Twchar: size = 2; break; | |
| 1031 case Tdchar: size = 4; break; | |
| 1032 | |
| 1033 default: | |
| 1034 assert(0); | |
| 1035 break; | |
| 1036 } | |
| 1037 //printf("TypeBasic::size() = %d\n", size); | |
| 1038 return size; | |
| 1039 } | |
| 1040 | |
| 1041 unsigned TypeBasic::alignsize() | |
|
1009
b1b23a64ad8c
Use LLVM alignment data instead of hand-picked.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1008
diff
changeset
|
1042 { |
|
1014
47f8b54f90b3
Fixed alignsize for void types. (it's one byte)
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1009
diff
changeset
|
1043 if (ty == Tvoid) |
|
47f8b54f90b3
Fixed alignsize for void types. (it's one byte)
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1009
diff
changeset
|
1044 return 1; |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
1045 return GetTypeAlignment(sir, this); |
| 159 | 1046 } |
| 1047 | |
| 1048 | |
| 1049 Expression *TypeBasic::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1050 { | |
| 1051 Expression *e; | |
| 1052 d_int64 ivalue; | |
| 1053 #ifdef IN_GCC | |
| 1054 real_t fvalue; | |
| 1055 #else | |
| 1056 d_float80 fvalue; | |
| 1057 #endif | |
| 1058 | |
| 1059 //printf("TypeBasic::getProperty('%s')\n", ident->toChars()); | |
| 1060 if (ident == Id::max) | |
| 1061 { | |
| 1062 switch (ty) | |
| 1063 { | |
| 1064 case Tint8: ivalue = 0x7F; goto Livalue; | |
| 1065 case Tuns8: ivalue = 0xFF; goto Livalue; | |
| 1066 case Tint16: ivalue = 0x7FFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1067 case Tuns16: ivalue = 0xFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1068 case Tint32: ivalue = 0x7FFFFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1069 case Tuns32: ivalue = 0xFFFFFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1070 case Tint64: ivalue = 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFLL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1071 case Tuns64: ivalue = 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFULL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1072 case Tbit: ivalue = 1; goto Livalue; | |
| 1073 case Tbool: ivalue = 1; goto Livalue; | |
| 1074 case Tchar: ivalue = 0xFF; goto Livalue; | |
| 1075 case Twchar: ivalue = 0xFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1076 case Tdchar: ivalue = 0x10FFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1077 | |
| 1078 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1079 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1080 case Tfloat32: fvalue = FLT_MAX; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1081 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1082 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1083 case Tfloat64: fvalue = DBL_MAX; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1084 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1085 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1086 case Tfloat80: fvalue = LDBL_MAX; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1087 } | |
| 1088 } | |
| 1089 else if (ident == Id::min) | |
| 1090 { | |
| 1091 switch (ty) | |
| 1092 { | |
| 1093 case Tint8: ivalue = -128; goto Livalue; | |
| 1094 case Tuns8: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1095 case Tint16: ivalue = -32768; goto Livalue; | |
| 1096 case Tuns16: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1097 case Tint32: ivalue = -2147483647L - 1; goto Livalue; | |
| 1098 case Tuns32: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1099 case Tint64: ivalue = (-9223372036854775807LL-1LL); goto Livalue; | |
| 1100 case Tuns64: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1101 case Tbit: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1102 case Tbool: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1103 case Tchar: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1104 case Twchar: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1105 case Tdchar: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1106 | |
| 1107 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1108 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1109 case Tfloat32: fvalue = FLT_MIN; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1110 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1111 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1112 case Tfloat64: fvalue = DBL_MIN; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1113 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1114 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1115 case Tfloat80: fvalue = LDBL_MIN; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1116 } | |
| 1117 } | |
| 1118 else if (ident == Id::nan) | |
| 1119 { | |
| 1120 switch (ty) | |
| 1121 { | |
| 1122 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1123 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1124 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1125 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1126 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1127 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1128 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1129 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1130 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1131 { | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1132 fvalue = Port::nan; |
| 159 | 1133 goto Lfvalue; |
| 1134 } | |
| 1135 } | |
| 1136 } | |
| 1137 else if (ident == Id::infinity) | |
| 1138 { | |
| 1139 switch (ty) | |
| 1140 { | |
| 1141 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1142 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1143 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1144 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1145 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1146 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1147 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1148 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1149 case Tfloat80: | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1150 fvalue = Port::infinity; |
| 159 | 1151 goto Lfvalue; |
| 1152 } | |
| 1153 } | |
| 1154 else if (ident == Id::dig) | |
| 1155 { | |
| 1156 switch (ty) | |
| 1157 { | |
| 1158 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1159 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1160 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1161 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1162 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1163 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1164 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1165 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1166 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1167 } | |
| 1168 } | |
| 1169 else if (ident == Id::epsilon) | |
| 1170 { | |
| 1171 switch (ty) | |
| 1172 { | |
| 1173 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1174 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1175 case Tfloat32: fvalue = FLT_EPSILON; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1176 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1177 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1178 case Tfloat64: fvalue = DBL_EPSILON; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1179 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1180 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1181 case Tfloat80: fvalue = LDBL_EPSILON; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1182 } | |
| 1183 } | |
| 1184 else if (ident == Id::mant_dig) | |
| 1185 { | |
| 1186 switch (ty) | |
| 1187 { | |
| 1188 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1189 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1190 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MANT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1191 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1192 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1193 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MANT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1194 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1195 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1196 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MANT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1197 } | |
| 1198 } | |
| 1199 else if (ident == Id::max_10_exp) | |
| 1200 { | |
| 1201 switch (ty) | |
| 1202 { | |
| 1203 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1204 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1205 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MAX_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1206 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1207 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1208 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MAX_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1209 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1210 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1211 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MAX_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1212 } | |
| 1213 } | |
| 1214 else if (ident == Id::max_exp) | |
| 1215 { | |
| 1216 switch (ty) | |
| 1217 { | |
| 1218 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1219 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1220 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MAX_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1221 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1222 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1223 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MAX_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1224 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1225 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1226 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MAX_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1227 } | |
| 1228 } | |
| 1229 else if (ident == Id::min_10_exp) | |
| 1230 { | |
| 1231 switch (ty) | |
| 1232 { | |
| 1233 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1234 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1235 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MIN_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1236 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1237 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1238 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MIN_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1239 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1240 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1241 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MIN_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1242 } | |
| 1243 } | |
| 1244 else if (ident == Id::min_exp) | |
| 1245 { | |
| 1246 switch (ty) | |
| 1247 { | |
| 1248 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1249 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1250 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MIN_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1251 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1252 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1253 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MIN_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1254 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1255 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1256 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MIN_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1257 } | |
| 1258 } | |
| 1259 | |
| 1260 Ldefault: | |
| 1261 return Type::getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 1262 | |
| 1263 Livalue: | |
| 1264 e = new IntegerExp(loc, ivalue, this); | |
| 1265 return e; | |
| 1266 | |
| 1267 Lfvalue: | |
| 1268 if (isreal() || isimaginary()) | |
| 1269 e = new RealExp(loc, fvalue, this); | |
| 1270 else | |
| 1271 { | |
| 1272 complex_t cvalue; | |
| 1273 | |
| 1274 #if __DMC__ | |
| 1275 //((real_t *)&cvalue)[0] = fvalue; | |
| 1276 //((real_t *)&cvalue)[1] = fvalue; | |
| 1277 cvalue = fvalue + fvalue * I; | |
| 1278 #else | |
| 1279 cvalue.re = fvalue; | |
| 1280 cvalue.im = fvalue; | |
| 1281 #endif | |
| 1282 //for (int i = 0; i < 20; i++) | |
| 1283 // printf("%02x ", ((unsigned char *)&cvalue)[i]); | |
| 1284 //printf("\n"); | |
| 1285 e = new ComplexExp(loc, cvalue, this); | |
| 1286 } | |
| 1287 return e; | |
| 1288 | |
| 1289 Lint: | |
| 1290 e = new IntegerExp(loc, ivalue, Type::tint32); | |
| 1291 return e; | |
| 1292 } | |
| 1293 | |
| 1294 Expression *TypeBasic::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1295 { | |
| 1296 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 1297 printf("TypeBasic::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 1298 #endif | |
| 1299 Type *t; | |
| 1300 | |
| 1301 if (ident == Id::re) | |
| 1302 { | |
| 1303 switch (ty) | |
| 1304 { | |
| 1305 case Tcomplex32: t = tfloat32; goto L1; | |
| 1306 case Tcomplex64: t = tfloat64; goto L1; | |
| 1307 case Tcomplex80: t = tfloat80; goto L1; | |
| 1308 L1: | |
| 1309 e = e->castTo(sc, t); | |
| 1310 break; | |
| 1311 | |
| 1312 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1313 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1314 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1315 break; | |
| 1316 | |
| 1317 case Timaginary32: t = tfloat32; goto L2; | |
| 1318 case Timaginary64: t = tfloat64; goto L2; | |
| 1319 case Timaginary80: t = tfloat80; goto L2; | |
| 1320 L2: | |
| 1321 e = new RealExp(0, 0.0, t); | |
| 1322 break; | |
| 1323 | |
| 1324 default: | |
| 1325 return Type::getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 1326 } | |
| 1327 } | |
| 1328 else if (ident == Id::im) | |
| 1329 { Type *t2; | |
| 1330 | |
| 1331 switch (ty) | |
| 1332 { | |
| 1333 case Tcomplex32: t = timaginary32; t2 = tfloat32; goto L3; | |
| 1334 case Tcomplex64: t = timaginary64; t2 = tfloat64; goto L3; | |
| 1335 case Tcomplex80: t = timaginary80; t2 = tfloat80; goto L3; | |
| 1336 L3: | |
| 1337 e = e->castTo(sc, t); | |
| 1338 e->type = t2; | |
| 1339 break; | |
| 1340 | |
| 1341 case Timaginary32: t = tfloat32; goto L4; | |
| 1342 case Timaginary64: t = tfloat64; goto L4; | |
| 1343 case Timaginary80: t = tfloat80; goto L4; | |
| 1344 L4: | |
| 1345 e->type = t; | |
| 1346 break; | |
| 1347 | |
| 1348 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1349 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1350 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1351 e = new RealExp(0, 0.0, this); | |
| 1352 break; | |
| 1353 | |
| 1354 default: | |
| 1355 return Type::getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 1356 } | |
| 1357 } | |
| 1358 else | |
| 1359 { | |
| 1360 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 1361 } | |
| 1362 return e; | |
| 1363 } | |
| 1364 | |
| 1365 Expression *TypeBasic::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1366 { dinteger_t value = 0; |
| 159 | 1367 |
| 1368 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 1369 printf("TypeBasic::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 1370 #endif | |
| 1371 switch (ty) | |
| 1372 { | |
|
591
e6bcc4d9e5ff
Add _d_newarrayvT and _d_newarraymvT to create arrays without initialization.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
585
diff
changeset
|
1373 case Tvoid: |
|
e6bcc4d9e5ff
Add _d_newarrayvT and _d_newarraymvT to create arrays without initialization.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
585
diff
changeset
|
1374 return new IntegerExp(loc, value, Type::tbool); |
|
e6bcc4d9e5ff
Add _d_newarrayvT and _d_newarraymvT to create arrays without initialization.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
585
diff
changeset
|
1375 |
| 159 | 1376 case Tchar: |
| 1377 value = 0xFF; | |
| 1378 break; | |
| 1379 | |
| 1380 case Twchar: | |
| 1381 case Tdchar: | |
| 1382 value = 0xFFFF; | |
| 1383 break; | |
| 1384 | |
| 1385 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1386 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1387 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1388 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1389 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1390 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1391 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1392 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1393 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1394 return getProperty(loc, Id::nan); | |
| 1395 } | |
| 1396 return new IntegerExp(loc, value, this); | |
| 1397 } | |
| 1398 | |
| 1399 int TypeBasic::isZeroInit() | |
| 1400 { | |
| 1401 switch (ty) | |
| 1402 { | |
| 1403 case Tchar: | |
| 1404 case Twchar: | |
| 1405 case Tdchar: | |
| 1406 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1407 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1408 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1409 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1410 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1411 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1412 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1413 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1414 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1415 return 0; // no | |
| 1416 } | |
| 1417 return 1; // yes | |
| 1418 } | |
| 1419 | |
| 1420 int TypeBasic::isbit() | |
| 1421 { | |
| 1422 return (ty == Tbit); | |
| 1423 } | |
| 1424 | |
| 1425 int TypeBasic::isintegral() | |
| 1426 { | |
| 1427 //printf("TypeBasic::isintegral('%s') x%x\n", toChars(), flags); | |
| 1428 return flags & TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 1429 } | |
| 1430 | |
| 1431 int TypeBasic::isfloating() | |
| 1432 { | |
| 1433 return flags & TFLAGSfloating; | |
| 1434 } | |
| 1435 | |
| 1436 int TypeBasic::isreal() | |
| 1437 { | |
| 1438 return flags & TFLAGSreal; | |
| 1439 } | |
| 1440 | |
| 1441 int TypeBasic::isimaginary() | |
| 1442 { | |
| 1443 return flags & TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 1444 } | |
| 1445 | |
| 1446 int TypeBasic::iscomplex() | |
| 1447 { | |
| 1448 return flags & TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 1449 } | |
| 1450 | |
| 1451 int TypeBasic::isunsigned() | |
| 1452 { | |
| 1453 return flags & TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 1454 } | |
| 1455 | |
| 1456 int TypeBasic::isscalar() | |
| 1457 { | |
| 1458 return flags & (TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSfloating); | |
| 1459 } | |
| 1460 | |
| 1461 MATCH TypeBasic::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 1462 { | |
| 1463 //printf("TypeBasic::implicitConvTo(%s) from %s\n", to->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 1464 if (this == to) | |
| 1465 return MATCHexact; | |
| 1466 | |
| 1467 if (ty == Tvoid || to->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 1468 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1469 if (1 || global.params.Dversion == 1) | |
| 1470 { | |
| 1471 if (to->ty == Tbool) | |
| 1472 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1473 } | |
| 1474 else | |
| 1475 { | |
| 1476 if (ty == Tbool || to->ty == Tbool) | |
| 1477 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1478 } | |
| 1479 if (!to->isTypeBasic()) | |
| 1480 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1481 | |
| 1482 TypeBasic *tob = (TypeBasic *)to; | |
| 1483 if (flags & TFLAGSintegral) | |
| 1484 { | |
| 1485 // Disallow implicit conversion of integers to imaginary or complex | |
| 1486 if (tob->flags & (TFLAGSimaginary | TFLAGScomplex)) | |
| 1487 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1488 | |
| 1489 // If converting to integral | |
| 1490 if (0 && global.params.Dversion > 1 && tob->flags & TFLAGSintegral) | |
| 1491 { d_uns64 sz = size(0); | |
| 1492 d_uns64 tosz = tob->size(0); | |
| 1493 | |
| 1494 /* Can't convert to smaller size or, if same size, change sign | |
| 1495 */ | |
| 1496 if (sz > tosz) | |
| 1497 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1498 | |
| 1499 /*if (sz == tosz && (flags ^ tob->flags) & TFLAGSunsigned) | |
| 1500 return MATCHnomatch;*/ | |
| 1501 } | |
| 1502 } | |
| 1503 else if (flags & TFLAGSfloating) | |
| 1504 { | |
| 1505 // Disallow implicit conversion of floating point to integer | |
| 1506 if (tob->flags & TFLAGSintegral) | |
| 1507 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1508 | |
| 1509 assert(tob->flags & TFLAGSfloating); | |
| 1510 | |
| 1511 // Disallow implicit conversion from complex to non-complex | |
| 1512 if (flags & TFLAGScomplex && !(tob->flags & TFLAGScomplex)) | |
| 1513 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1514 | |
| 1515 // Disallow implicit conversion of real or imaginary to complex | |
| 1516 if (flags & (TFLAGSreal | TFLAGSimaginary) && | |
| 1517 tob->flags & TFLAGScomplex) | |
| 1518 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1519 | |
| 1520 // Disallow implicit conversion to-from real and imaginary | |
| 1521 if ((flags & (TFLAGSreal | TFLAGSimaginary)) != | |
| 1522 (tob->flags & (TFLAGSreal | TFLAGSimaginary))) | |
| 1523 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1524 } | |
| 1525 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 1526 } | |
| 1527 | |
| 1528 TypeBasic *TypeBasic::isTypeBasic() | |
| 1529 { | |
| 1530 return (TypeBasic *)this; | |
| 1531 } | |
| 1532 | |
| 1533 /***************************** TypeArray *****************************/ | |
| 1534 | |
| 1535 TypeArray::TypeArray(TY ty, Type *next) | |
| 1536 : Type(ty, next) | |
| 1537 { | |
| 1538 } | |
| 1539 | |
| 1540 Expression *TypeArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1541 { | |
| 1542 Type *n = this->next->toBasetype(); // uncover any typedef's | |
| 1543 | |
| 1544 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 1545 printf("TypeArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 1546 #endif | |
| 1547 if (ident == Id::reverse && (n->ty == Tchar || n->ty == Twchar)) | |
| 1548 { | |
| 1549 Expression *ec; | |
| 1550 Expressions *arguments; | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1551 |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1552 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1553 static FuncDeclaration *adReverseChar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1554 if(!adReverseChar_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1555 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1556 Type* arrty = Type::tchar->arrayOf(); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1557 args->push(new Argument(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1558 adReverseChar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adReverseChar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1559 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1560 static FuncDeclaration *adReverseWchar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1561 if(!adReverseWchar_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1562 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1563 Type* arrty = Type::twchar->arrayOf(); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1564 args->push(new Argument(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1565 adReverseWchar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adReverseWchar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1566 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1567 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1568 if(n->ty == Twchar) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1569 ec = new VarExp(0, adReverseWchar_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1570 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1571 ec = new VarExp(0, adReverseChar_fd); |
| 159 | 1572 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1573 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 1574 arguments->push(e); | |
| 1575 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 1576 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1577 } | |
| 1578 else if (ident == Id::sort && (n->ty == Tchar || n->ty == Twchar)) | |
| 1579 { | |
| 1580 Expression *ec; | |
| 1581 Expressions *arguments; | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1582 |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1583 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1584 static FuncDeclaration *adSortChar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1585 if(!adSortChar_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1586 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1587 Type* arrty = Type::tchar->arrayOf(); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1588 args->push(new Argument(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1589 adSortChar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adSortChar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1590 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1591 static FuncDeclaration *adSortWchar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1592 if(!adSortWchar_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1593 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1594 Type* arrty = Type::twchar->arrayOf(); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1595 args->push(new Argument(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1596 adSortWchar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adSortWchar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1597 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1598 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1599 if(n->ty == Twchar) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1600 ec = new VarExp(0, adSortWchar_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1601 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1602 ec = new VarExp(0, adSortChar_fd); |
| 159 | 1603 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1604 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 1605 arguments->push(e); | |
| 1606 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 1607 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1608 } | |
| 1609 else if (ident == Id::reverse || ident == Id::dup) | |
| 1610 { | |
| 1611 Expression *ec; | |
| 1612 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 1613 int size = next->size(e->loc); | |
| 1614 int dup; | |
| 1615 | |
| 1616 assert(size); | |
| 1617 dup = (ident == Id::dup); | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1618 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1619 static FuncDeclaration *adDup_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1620 if(!adDup_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1621 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
378
d8234836b40f
Get rid of runTimeHack and instead add proper argument info to the frontend
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
375
diff
changeset
|
1622 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1623 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1624 adDup_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::adDup); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1625 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1626 static FuncDeclaration *adReverse_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1627 if(!adReverse_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1628 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1629 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
378
d8234836b40f
Get rid of runTimeHack and instead add proper argument info to the frontend
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
375
diff
changeset
|
1630 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1631 adReverse_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::adReverse); |
|
378
d8234836b40f
Get rid of runTimeHack and instead add proper argument info to the frontend
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
375
diff
changeset
|
1632 } |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1633 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1634 if(dup) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1635 ec = new VarExp(0, adDup_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1636 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1637 ec = new VarExp(0, adReverse_fd); |
| 159 | 1638 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1639 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 1640 if (dup) | |
| 1641 arguments->push(getTypeInfo(sc)); | |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1642 |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1643 // LDC repaint array type to void[] |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1644 if (n->ty != Tvoid) { |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1645 e = new CastExp(e->loc, e, e->type); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1646 e->type = Type::tvoid->arrayOf(); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1647 } |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1648 arguments->push(e); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1649 |
| 159 | 1650 if (!dup) |
|
881
1c2faa8325d1
Fixed 64bit problem in mtype.c with _adReverse runtime call, fixes #161 .
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
875
diff
changeset
|
1651 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, size, Type::tsize_t)); |
| 159 | 1652 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); |
| 1653 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1654 } | |
| 1655 else if (ident == Id::sort) | |
| 1656 { | |
| 1657 Expression *ec; | |
| 1658 Expressions *arguments; | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1659 bool isBit = (n->ty == Tbit); |
| 159 | 1660 |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1661 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1662 static FuncDeclaration *adSort_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1663 if(!adSort_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1664 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1665 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1666 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1667 adSort_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), "_adSort"); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1668 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1669 static FuncDeclaration *adSortBit_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1670 if(!adSortBit_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1671 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1672 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1673 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1674 adSortBit_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), "_adSortBit"); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1675 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1676 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1677 if(isBit) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1678 ec = new VarExp(0, adSortBit_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1679 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1680 ec = new VarExp(0, adSort_fd); |
| 159 | 1681 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1682 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1683 |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1684 // LDC repaint array type to void[] |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1685 if (n->ty != Tvoid) { |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1686 e = new CastExp(e->loc, e, e->type); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1687 e->type = Type::tvoid->arrayOf(); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1688 } |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1689 arguments->push(e); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1690 |
|
509
337554fd34f1
Fixed mini/missingti.d
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
489
diff
changeset
|
1691 if (next->ty != Tbit) |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1692 arguments->push(n->getTypeInfo(sc)); // LDC, we don't support the getInternalTypeInfo |
|
509
337554fd34f1
Fixed mini/missingti.d
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
489
diff
changeset
|
1693 // optimization arbitrarily, not yet at least... |
| 159 | 1694 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); |
| 1695 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1696 } | |
| 1697 else | |
| 1698 { | |
| 1699 e = Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 1700 } | |
| 1701 return e; | |
| 1702 } | |
| 1703 | |
| 1704 | |
| 1705 /***************************** TypeSArray *****************************/ | |
| 1706 | |
| 1707 TypeSArray::TypeSArray(Type *t, Expression *dim) | |
| 1708 : TypeArray(Tsarray, t) | |
| 1709 { | |
| 1710 //printf("TypeSArray(%s)\n", dim->toChars()); | |
| 1711 this->dim = dim; | |
| 1712 } | |
| 1713 | |
| 1714 Type *TypeSArray::syntaxCopy() | |
| 1715 { | |
| 1716 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 1717 Expression *e = dim->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 1718 t = new TypeSArray(t, e); | |
| 1719 return t; | |
| 1720 } | |
| 1721 | |
| 1722 d_uns64 TypeSArray::size(Loc loc) | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1723 { dinteger_t sz; |
| 159 | 1724 |
| 1725 if (!dim) | |
| 1726 return Type::size(loc); | |
| 1727 sz = dim->toInteger(); | |
| 1728 if (next->toBasetype()->ty == Tbit) // if array of bits | |
| 1729 { | |
| 1730 if (sz + 31 < sz) | |
| 1731 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1732 sz = ((sz + 31) & ~31) / 8; // size in bytes, rounded up to 32 bit dwords | |
| 1733 } | |
| 1734 else | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1735 { dinteger_t n, n2; |
| 159 | 1736 |
| 1737 n = next->size(); | |
| 1738 n2 = n * sz; | |
| 1739 if (n && (n2 / n) != sz) | |
| 1740 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1741 sz = n2; | |
| 1742 } | |
| 1743 return sz; | |
| 1744 | |
| 1745 Loverflow: | |
|
1133
eeb8b95ea92e
Cleanup DMD 1.041 merge.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1124
diff
changeset
|
1746 error(loc, "index %jd overflow for static array", sz); |
| 159 | 1747 return 1; |
| 1748 } | |
| 1749 | |
| 1750 unsigned TypeSArray::alignsize() | |
| 1751 { | |
| 1752 return next->alignsize(); | |
| 1753 } | |
| 1754 | |
| 1755 /************************** | |
| 1756 * This evaluates exp while setting length to be the number | |
| 1757 * of elements in the tuple t. | |
| 1758 */ | |
| 1759 Expression *semanticLength(Scope *sc, Type *t, Expression *exp) | |
| 1760 { | |
| 1761 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 1762 { ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol((TypeTuple *)t); | |
| 1763 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 1764 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 1765 | |
| 1766 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 1767 | |
| 1768 sc->pop(); | |
| 1769 } | |
| 1770 else | |
| 1771 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 1772 return exp; | |
| 1773 } | |
| 1774 | |
| 1775 Expression *semanticLength(Scope *sc, TupleDeclaration *s, Expression *exp) | |
| 1776 { | |
| 1777 ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol(s); | |
| 1778 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 1779 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 1780 | |
| 1781 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 1782 | |
| 1783 sc->pop(); | |
| 1784 return exp; | |
| 1785 } | |
| 1786 | |
| 1787 void TypeSArray::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 1788 { | |
| 1789 //printf("TypeSArray::resolve() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 1790 next->resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 1791 //printf("s = %p, e = %p, t = %p\n", *ps, *pe, *pt); | |
| 1792 if (*pe) | |
| 1793 { // It's really an index expression | |
| 1794 Expression *e; | |
| 1795 e = new IndexExp(loc, *pe, dim); | |
| 1796 *pe = e; | |
| 1797 } | |
| 1798 else if (*ps) | |
| 1799 { Dsymbol *s = *ps; | |
| 1800 TupleDeclaration *td = s->isTupleDeclaration(); | |
| 1801 if (td) | |
| 1802 { | |
| 1803 ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol(td); | |
| 1804 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 1805 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 1806 | |
| 1807 dim = dim->semantic(sc); | |
| 1808 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 1809 uinteger_t d = dim->toUInteger(); | |
| 1810 | |
| 1811 sc = sc->pop(); | |
| 1812 | |
| 1813 if (d >= td->objects->dim) | |
|
1133
eeb8b95ea92e
Cleanup DMD 1.041 merge.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1124
diff
changeset
|
1814 { error(loc, "tuple index %ju exceeds %u", d, td->objects->dim); |
| 159 | 1815 goto Ldefault; |
| 1816 } | |
| 1817 Object *o = (Object *)td->objects->data[(size_t)d]; | |
| 1818 if (o->dyncast() == DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 1819 { | |
| 1820 *ps = (Dsymbol *)o; | |
| 1821 return; | |
| 1822 } | |
| 1823 if (o->dyncast() == DYNCAST_EXPRESSION) | |
| 1824 { | |
| 1825 *ps = NULL; | |
| 1826 *pe = (Expression *)o; | |
| 1827 return; | |
| 1828 } | |
| 1829 | |
| 1830 /* Create a new TupleDeclaration which | |
| 1831 * is a slice [d..d+1] out of the old one. | |
| 1832 * Do it this way because TemplateInstance::semanticTiargs() | |
| 1833 * can handle unresolved Objects this way. | |
| 1834 */ | |
| 1835 Objects *objects = new Objects; | |
| 1836 objects->setDim(1); | |
| 1837 objects->data[0] = o; | |
| 1838 | |
| 1839 TupleDeclaration *tds = new TupleDeclaration(loc, td->ident, objects); | |
| 1840 *ps = tds; | |
| 1841 } | |
| 1842 else | |
| 1843 goto Ldefault; | |
| 1844 } | |
| 1845 else | |
| 1846 { | |
| 1847 Ldefault: | |
| 1848 Type::resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 1849 } | |
| 1850 } | |
| 1851 | |
| 1852 Type *TypeSArray::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 1853 { | |
| 1854 //printf("TypeSArray::semantic() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 1855 | |
| 1856 Type *t; | |
| 1857 Expression *e; | |
| 1858 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 1859 next->resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 1860 if (dim && s && s->isTupleDeclaration()) | |
| 1861 { TupleDeclaration *sd = s->isTupleDeclaration(); | |
| 1862 | |
| 1863 dim = semanticLength(sc, sd, dim); | |
| 1864 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 1865 uinteger_t d = dim->toUInteger(); | |
| 1866 | |
| 1867 if (d >= sd->objects->dim) | |
|
1133
eeb8b95ea92e
Cleanup DMD 1.041 merge.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1124
diff
changeset
|
1868 { error(loc, "tuple index %ju exceeds %u", d, sd->objects->dim); |
| 159 | 1869 return Type::terror; |
| 1870 } | |
| 1871 Object *o = (Object *)sd->objects->data[(size_t)d]; | |
| 1872 if (o->dyncast() != DYNCAST_TYPE) | |
| 1873 { error(loc, "%s is not a type", toChars()); | |
| 1874 return Type::terror; | |
| 1875 } | |
| 1876 t = (Type *)o; | |
| 1877 return t; | |
| 1878 } | |
| 1879 | |
| 1880 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 1881 Type *tbn = next->toBasetype(); | |
| 1882 | |
| 1883 if (dim) | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1884 { dinteger_t n, n2; |
| 159 | 1885 |
| 1886 dim = semanticLength(sc, tbn, dim); | |
| 1887 | |
| 1888 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
1889 if (sc && sc->parameterSpecialization && dim->op == TOKvar && |
| 159 | 1890 ((VarExp *)dim)->var->storage_class & STCtemplateparameter) |
| 1891 { | |
| 1892 /* It could be a template parameter N which has no value yet: | |
| 1893 * template Foo(T : T[N], size_t N); | |
| 1894 */ | |
| 1895 return this; | |
| 1896 } | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1897 dinteger_t d1 = dim->toInteger(); |
| 159 | 1898 dim = dim->castTo(sc, tsize_t); |
| 1899 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1900 dinteger_t d2 = dim->toInteger(); |
| 159 | 1901 |
| 1902 if (d1 != d2) | |
| 1903 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1904 | |
| 1905 if (tbn->isintegral() || | |
| 1906 tbn->isfloating() || | |
| 1907 tbn->ty == Tpointer || | |
| 1908 tbn->ty == Tarray || | |
| 1909 tbn->ty == Tsarray || | |
| 1910 tbn->ty == Taarray || | |
| 1911 tbn->ty == Tclass) | |
| 1912 { | |
| 1913 /* Only do this for types that don't need to have semantic() | |
| 1914 * run on them for the size, since they may be forward referenced. | |
| 1915 */ | |
| 1916 n = tbn->size(loc); | |
| 1917 n2 = n * d2; | |
| 1918 if ((int)n2 < 0) | |
| 1919 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1920 if (n2 >= 0x1000000) // put a 'reasonable' limit on it | |
| 1921 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1922 if (n && n2 / n != d2) | |
| 1923 { | |
| 1924 Loverflow: | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
1925 error(loc, "index %jd overflow for static array", d1); |
| 159 | 1926 dim = new IntegerExp(0, 1, tsize_t); |
| 1927 } | |
| 1928 } | |
| 1929 } | |
| 1930 switch (tbn->ty) | |
| 1931 { | |
| 1932 case Ttuple: | |
| 1933 { // Index the tuple to get the type | |
| 1934 assert(dim); | |
| 1935 TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)tbn; | |
| 1936 uinteger_t d = dim->toUInteger(); | |
| 1937 | |
| 1938 if (d >= tt->arguments->dim) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
1939 { error(loc, "tuple index %ju exceeds %u", d, tt->arguments->dim); |
| 159 | 1940 return Type::terror; |
| 1941 } | |
| 1942 Argument *arg = (Argument *)tt->arguments->data[(size_t)d]; | |
| 1943 return arg->type; | |
| 1944 } | |
| 1945 case Tfunction: | |
| 1946 case Tnone: | |
| 1947 error(loc, "can't have array of %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 1948 tbn = next = tint32; | |
| 1949 break; | |
| 1950 } | |
| 1951 if (tbn->isauto()) | |
| 1952 error(loc, "cannot have array of auto %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 1953 return merge(); | |
| 1954 } | |
| 1955 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
1956 void TypeSArray::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 1957 { |
| 1958 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 1959 if (dim) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
1960 buf->printf("%ju", dim->toInteger()); |
| 159 | 1961 if (next) |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
1962 next->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 1963 } |
| 1964 | |
| 1965 void TypeSArray::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 1966 { | |
| 1967 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 1968 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 1969 return; | |
| 1970 } | |
| 1971 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 1972 buf->printf("[%s]", dim->toChars()); | |
| 1973 } | |
| 1974 | |
| 1975 Expression *TypeSArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1976 { | |
| 1977 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 1978 printf("TypeSArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 1979 #endif | |
| 1980 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 1981 { | |
| 1982 e = dim; | |
| 1983 } | |
| 1984 else if (ident == Id::ptr) | |
| 1985 { | |
| 1986 e = e->castTo(sc, next->pointerTo()); | |
| 1987 } | |
| 1988 else | |
| 1989 { | |
| 1990 e = TypeArray::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 1991 } | |
| 1992 return e; | |
| 1993 } | |
| 1994 | |
| 1995 int TypeSArray::isString() | |
| 1996 { | |
| 1997 TY nty = next->toBasetype()->ty; | |
| 1998 return nty == Tchar || nty == Twchar || nty == Tdchar; | |
| 1999 } | |
| 2000 | |
| 2001 unsigned TypeSArray::memalign(unsigned salign) | |
| 2002 { | |
| 2003 return next->memalign(salign); | |
| 2004 } | |
| 2005 | |
| 2006 MATCH TypeSArray::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 2007 { | |
| 2008 //printf("TypeSArray::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 2009 | |
| 2010 // Allow implicit conversion of static array to pointer or dynamic array | |
| 2011 if ((IMPLICIT_ARRAY_TO_PTR && to->ty == Tpointer) && | |
| 2012 (to->next->ty == Tvoid || next->equals(to->next) | |
| 2013 /*|| to->next->isBaseOf(next)*/)) | |
| 2014 { | |
| 2015 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2016 } | |
| 2017 if (to->ty == Tarray) | |
| 2018 { int offset = 0; | |
| 2019 | |
| 2020 if (next->equals(to->next) || | |
| 2021 (to->next->isBaseOf(next, &offset) && offset == 0) || | |
| 2022 to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2023 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2024 } | |
| 2025 #if 0 | |
| 2026 if (to->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2027 { | |
| 2028 TypeSArray *tsa = (TypeSArray *)to; | |
| 2029 | |
| 2030 if (next->equals(tsa->next) && dim->equals(tsa->dim)) | |
| 2031 { | |
| 2032 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2033 } | |
| 2034 } | |
| 2035 #endif | |
| 2036 return Type::implicitConvTo(to); | |
| 2037 } | |
| 2038 | |
| 2039 Expression *TypeSArray::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2040 { | |
| 2041 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2042 printf("TypeSArray::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2043 #endif | |
| 2044 return next->defaultInit(loc); | |
| 2045 } | |
| 2046 | |
| 2047 int TypeSArray::isZeroInit() | |
| 2048 { | |
| 2049 return next->isZeroInit(); | |
| 2050 } | |
| 2051 | |
| 2052 | |
| 2053 Expression *TypeSArray::toExpression() | |
| 2054 { | |
| 2055 Expression *e = next->toExpression(); | |
| 2056 if (e) | |
| 2057 { Expressions *arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 2058 arguments->push(dim); | |
| 2059 e = new ArrayExp(dim->loc, e, arguments); | |
| 2060 } | |
| 2061 return e; | |
| 2062 } | |
| 2063 | |
| 2064 int TypeSArray::hasPointers() | |
| 2065 { | |
| 2066 return next->hasPointers(); | |
| 2067 } | |
| 2068 | |
| 2069 /***************************** TypeDArray *****************************/ | |
| 2070 | |
| 2071 TypeDArray::TypeDArray(Type *t) | |
| 2072 : TypeArray(Tarray, t) | |
| 2073 { | |
| 2074 //printf("TypeDArray(t = %p)\n", t); | |
| 2075 } | |
| 2076 | |
| 2077 Type *TypeDArray::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2078 { | |
| 2079 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2080 if (t == next) | |
| 2081 t = this; | |
| 2082 else | |
| 2083 t = new TypeDArray(t); | |
| 2084 return t; | |
| 2085 } | |
| 2086 | |
| 2087 d_uns64 TypeDArray::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2088 { | |
| 2089 //printf("TypeDArray::size()\n"); | |
| 2090 return PTRSIZE * 2; | |
| 2091 } | |
| 2092 | |
| 2093 unsigned TypeDArray::alignsize() | |
| 2094 { | |
| 2095 // A DArray consists of two ptr-sized values, so align it on pointer size | |
| 2096 // boundary | |
| 2097 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 2098 } | |
| 2099 | |
| 2100 Type *TypeDArray::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2101 { Type *tn = next; | |
| 2102 | |
| 2103 tn = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2104 Type *tbn = tn->toBasetype(); | |
| 2105 switch (tbn->ty) | |
| 2106 { | |
| 2107 case Tfunction: | |
| 2108 case Tnone: | |
| 2109 case Ttuple: | |
| 2110 error(loc, "can't have array of %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 2111 tn = next = tint32; | |
| 2112 break; | |
| 2113 } | |
| 2114 if (tn->isauto()) | |
| 2115 error(loc, "cannot have array of auto %s", tn->toChars()); | |
| 2116 if (next != tn) | |
| 2117 //deco = NULL; // redo | |
| 2118 return tn->arrayOf(); | |
| 2119 return merge(); | |
| 2120 } | |
| 2121 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2122 void TypeDArray::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 2123 { |
| 2124 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 2125 if (next) | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2126 next->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 2127 } |
| 2128 | |
| 2129 void TypeDArray::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2130 { | |
| 2131 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2132 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2133 return; | |
| 2134 } | |
| 2135 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2136 buf->writestring("[]"); | |
| 2137 } | |
| 2138 | |
| 2139 Expression *TypeDArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 2140 { | |
| 2141 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2142 printf("TypeDArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2143 #endif | |
| 2144 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 2145 { | |
| 2146 if (e->op == TOKstring) | |
| 2147 { StringExp *se = (StringExp *)e; | |
| 2148 | |
| 2149 return new IntegerExp(se->loc, se->len, Type::tindex); | |
| 2150 } | |
| 2151 e = new ArrayLengthExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 2152 e->type = Type::tsize_t; | |
| 2153 return e; | |
| 2154 } | |
| 2155 else if (ident == Id::ptr) | |
| 2156 { | |
| 2157 e = e->castTo(sc, next->pointerTo()); | |
| 2158 return e; | |
| 2159 } | |
| 2160 else | |
| 2161 { | |
| 2162 e = TypeArray::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2163 } | |
| 2164 return e; | |
| 2165 } | |
| 2166 | |
| 2167 int TypeDArray::isString() | |
| 2168 { | |
| 2169 TY nty = next->toBasetype()->ty; | |
| 2170 return nty == Tchar || nty == Twchar || nty == Tdchar; | |
| 2171 } | |
| 2172 | |
| 2173 MATCH TypeDArray::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 2174 { | |
| 2175 //printf("TypeDArray::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 2176 | |
| 2177 // Allow implicit conversion of array to pointer | |
| 2178 if (IMPLICIT_ARRAY_TO_PTR && | |
| 2179 to->ty == Tpointer && | |
| 2180 (to->next->ty == Tvoid || next->equals(to->next) /*|| to->next->isBaseOf(next)*/)) | |
| 2181 { | |
| 2182 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2183 } | |
| 2184 | |
| 2185 if (to->ty == Tarray) | |
| 2186 { int offset = 0; | |
| 2187 | |
| 2188 if ((to->next->isBaseOf(next, &offset) && offset == 0) || | |
| 2189 to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2190 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2191 } | |
| 2192 return Type::implicitConvTo(to); | |
| 2193 } | |
| 2194 | |
| 2195 Expression *TypeDArray::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2196 { | |
| 2197 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2198 printf("TypeDArray::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2199 #endif | |
| 2200 Expression *e; | |
| 2201 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 2202 e->type = this; | |
| 2203 return e; | |
| 2204 } | |
| 2205 | |
| 2206 int TypeDArray::isZeroInit() | |
| 2207 { | |
| 2208 return 1; | |
| 2209 } | |
| 2210 | |
| 2211 int TypeDArray::checkBoolean() | |
| 2212 { | |
| 2213 return TRUE; | |
| 2214 } | |
| 2215 | |
| 2216 int TypeDArray::hasPointers() | |
| 2217 { | |
| 2218 return TRUE; | |
| 2219 } | |
| 2220 | |
| 2221 /***************************** TypeAArray *****************************/ | |
| 2222 | |
| 2223 TypeAArray::TypeAArray(Type *t, Type *index) | |
| 2224 : TypeArray(Taarray, t) | |
| 2225 { | |
| 2226 this->index = index; | |
| 2227 this->key = NULL; | |
| 2228 } | |
| 2229 | |
| 2230 Type *TypeAArray::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2231 { | |
| 2232 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2233 Type *ti = index->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2234 if (t == next && ti == index) | |
| 2235 t = this; | |
| 2236 else | |
| 2237 t = new TypeAArray(t, ti); | |
| 2238 return t; | |
| 2239 } | |
| 2240 | |
| 2241 d_uns64 TypeAArray::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2242 { | |
| 2243 return PTRSIZE /* * 2*/; | |
| 2244 } | |
| 2245 | |
| 2246 | |
| 2247 Type *TypeAArray::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2248 { | |
| 2249 //printf("TypeAArray::semantic() %s index->ty = %d\n", toChars(), index->ty); | |
| 2250 | |
| 2251 // Deal with the case where we thought the index was a type, but | |
| 2252 // in reality it was an expression. | |
| 2253 if (index->ty == Tident || index->ty == Tinstance || index->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2254 { | |
| 2255 Expression *e; | |
| 2256 Type *t; | |
| 2257 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 2258 | |
| 2259 index->resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 2260 if (e) | |
| 2261 { // It was an expression - | |
| 2262 // Rewrite as a static array | |
| 2263 TypeSArray *tsa; | |
| 2264 | |
| 2265 tsa = new TypeSArray(next, e); | |
| 2266 return tsa->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2267 } | |
| 2268 else if (t) | |
| 2269 index = t; | |
| 2270 else | |
| 2271 index->error(loc, "index is not a type or an expression"); | |
| 2272 } | |
| 2273 else | |
| 2274 index = index->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2275 | |
| 2276 // Compute key type; the purpose of the key type is to | |
| 2277 // minimize the permutations of runtime library | |
| 2278 // routines as much as possible. | |
| 2279 key = index->toBasetype(); | |
| 2280 switch (key->ty) | |
| 2281 { | |
| 2282 #if 0 | |
| 2283 case Tint8: | |
| 2284 case Tuns8: | |
| 2285 case Tint16: | |
| 2286 case Tuns16: | |
| 2287 key = tint32; | |
| 2288 break; | |
| 2289 #endif | |
| 2290 | |
| 2291 case Tsarray: | |
| 2292 #if 0 | |
| 2293 // Convert to Tarray | |
| 2294 key = key->next->arrayOf(); | |
| 2295 #endif | |
| 2296 break; | |
| 2297 case Tbit: | |
| 2298 case Tbool: | |
| 2299 case Tfunction: | |
| 2300 case Tvoid: | |
| 2301 case Tnone: | |
| 2302 error(loc, "can't have associative array key of %s", key->toChars()); | |
| 2303 break; | |
| 2304 } | |
| 2305 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2306 switch (next->toBasetype()->ty) | |
| 2307 { | |
| 2308 case Tfunction: | |
| 2309 case Tnone: | |
| 2310 error(loc, "can't have associative array of %s", next->toChars()); | |
| 2311 break; | |
| 2312 } | |
| 2313 if (next->isauto()) | |
| 2314 error(loc, "cannot have array of auto %s", next->toChars()); | |
| 2315 | |
| 2316 return merge(); | |
| 2317 } | |
| 2318 | |
| 336 | 2319 void TypeAArray::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) |
| 2320 { | |
| 2321 //printf("TypeAArray::resolve() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 2322 | |
| 2323 // Deal with the case where we thought the index was a type, but | |
| 2324 // in reality it was an expression. | |
| 2325 if (index->ty == Tident || index->ty == Tinstance || index->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2326 { | |
| 2327 Expression *e; | |
| 2328 Type *t; | |
| 2329 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 2330 | |
| 2331 index->resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 2332 if (e) | |
| 2333 { // It was an expression - | |
| 2334 // Rewrite as a static array | |
| 2335 | |
| 2336 TypeSArray *tsa = new TypeSArray(next, e); | |
| 2337 return tsa->resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 2338 } | |
| 2339 else if (t) | |
| 2340 index = t; | |
| 2341 else | |
| 2342 index->error(loc, "index is not a type or an expression"); | |
| 2343 } | |
| 2344 Type::resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 2345 } | |
| 2346 | |
| 2347 | |
| 159 | 2348 Expression *TypeAArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) |
| 2349 { | |
| 2350 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2351 printf("TypeAArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2352 #endif | |
| 2353 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 2354 { | |
| 2355 Expression *ec; | |
| 2356 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2357 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2358 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2359 static FuncDeclaration *aaLen_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2360 if(!aaLen_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2361 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2362 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2363 aaLen_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tsize_t, Id::aaLen); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2364 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2365 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2366 ec = new VarExp(0, aaLen_fd); |
| 159 | 2367 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2368 arguments->push(e); | |
| 2369 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2370 e->type = aaLen_fd->type->next; |
| 159 | 2371 } |
| 2372 else if (ident == Id::keys) | |
| 2373 { | |
| 2374 Expression *ec; | |
| 2375 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2376 int size = key->size(e->loc); | |
| 2377 | |
| 2378 assert(size); | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2379 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2380 static FuncDeclaration *aaKeys_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2381 if(!aaKeys_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2382 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2383 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2384 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2385 aaKeys_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::aaKeys); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2386 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2387 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2388 ec = new VarExp(0, aaKeys_fd); |
| 159 | 2389 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2390 arguments->push(e); | |
| 2391 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, size, Type::tsize_t)); | |
| 2392 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 2393 e->type = index->arrayOf(); | |
| 2394 } | |
| 2395 else if (ident == Id::values) | |
| 2396 { | |
| 2397 Expression *ec; | |
| 2398 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2399 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2400 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2401 static FuncDeclaration *aaValues_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2402 if(!aaValues_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2403 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2404 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2405 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2406 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2407 aaValues_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::aaValues); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2408 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2409 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2410 ec = new VarExp(0, aaValues_fd); |
| 159 | 2411 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2412 arguments->push(e); | |
| 2413 size_t keysize = key->size(e->loc); | |
|
771
bfabbac8e705
Fixed 64bit problem with aaValues runtime calls (assumed 32bits)
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
742
diff
changeset
|
2414 keysize = (keysize + PTRSIZE - 1) & ~(PTRSIZE - 1); |
| 159 | 2415 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, keysize, Type::tsize_t)); |
| 2416 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, next->size(e->loc), Type::tsize_t)); | |
| 2417 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 2418 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 2419 } | |
| 2420 else if (ident == Id::rehash) | |
| 2421 { | |
| 2422 Expression *ec; | |
| 2423 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2424 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2425 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2426 static FuncDeclaration *aaRehash_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2427 if(!aaRehash_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2428 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2429 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2430 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2431 aaRehash_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoidptr, Id::aaRehash); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2432 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2433 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2434 ec = new VarExp(0, aaRehash_fd); |
| 159 | 2435 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2436 arguments->push(e->addressOf(sc)); | |
|
975
067bb8f19c36
Fix #217. getInternalTypeInfo doesn't work with LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
938
diff
changeset
|
2437 arguments->push(key->getTypeInfo(sc)); // LDC doesn't support getInternalTypeInfo, see above |
| 159 | 2438 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); |
| 2439 e->type = this; | |
| 2440 } | |
| 2441 else | |
| 2442 { | |
| 2443 e = Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2444 } | |
| 2445 return e; | |
| 2446 } | |
| 2447 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2448 void TypeAArray::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 2449 { |
| 2450 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2451 index->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2452 next->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 2453 } |
| 2454 | |
| 2455 void TypeAArray::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2456 { | |
| 2457 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2458 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2459 return; | |
| 2460 } | |
| 2461 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2462 buf->writeByte('['); | |
| 2463 index->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 2464 buf->writeByte(']'); | |
| 2465 } | |
| 2466 | |
| 2467 Expression *TypeAArray::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2468 { | |
| 2469 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2470 printf("TypeAArray::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2471 #endif | |
| 2472 Expression *e; | |
| 2473 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 2474 e->type = this; | |
| 2475 return e; | |
| 2476 } | |
| 2477 | |
|
211
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2478 int TypeAArray::isZeroInit() |
|
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2479 { |
|
846
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
2480 return TRUE; |
|
211
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2481 } |
|
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2482 |
| 159 | 2483 int TypeAArray::checkBoolean() |
| 2484 { | |
| 2485 return TRUE; | |
| 2486 } | |
| 2487 | |
| 2488 int TypeAArray::hasPointers() | |
| 2489 { | |
| 2490 return TRUE; | |
| 2491 } | |
| 2492 | |
| 2493 /***************************** TypePointer *****************************/ | |
| 2494 | |
| 2495 TypePointer::TypePointer(Type *t) | |
| 2496 : Type(Tpointer, t) | |
| 2497 { | |
| 2498 } | |
| 2499 | |
| 2500 Type *TypePointer::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2501 { | |
| 2502 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2503 if (t == next) | |
| 2504 t = this; | |
| 2505 else | |
| 2506 t = new TypePointer(t); | |
| 2507 return t; | |
| 2508 } | |
| 2509 | |
| 2510 Type *TypePointer::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2511 { | |
| 2512 //printf("TypePointer::semantic()\n"); | |
| 2513 Type *n = next->semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 2514 switch (n->toBasetype()->ty) | |
| 2515 { | |
| 2516 case Ttuple: | |
| 2517 error(loc, "can't have pointer to %s", n->toChars()); | |
| 2518 n = tint32; | |
| 2519 break; | |
| 2520 } | |
| 2521 if (n != next) | |
| 2522 deco = NULL; | |
| 2523 next = n; | |
| 2524 return merge(); | |
| 2525 } | |
| 2526 | |
| 2527 | |
| 2528 d_uns64 TypePointer::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2529 { | |
| 2530 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 2531 } | |
| 2532 | |
| 2533 void TypePointer::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2534 { | |
| 2535 //printf("TypePointer::toCBuffer2() next = %d\n", next->ty); | |
| 2536 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2537 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2538 return; | |
| 2539 } | |
| 2540 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2541 if (next->ty != Tfunction) | |
| 2542 buf->writeByte('*'); | |
| 2543 } | |
| 2544 | |
| 2545 MATCH TypePointer::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 2546 { | |
| 2547 //printf("TypePointer::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 2548 | |
| 2549 if (this == to) | |
| 2550 return MATCHexact; | |
| 2551 if (to->ty == Tpointer && to->next) | |
| 2552 { | |
| 2553 if (to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2554 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2555 | |
| 2556 #if 0 | |
| 2557 if (to->next->isBaseOf(next)) | |
| 2558 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2559 #endif | |
| 2560 | |
| 2561 if (next->ty == Tfunction && to->next->ty == Tfunction) | |
| 2562 { TypeFunction *tf; | |
| 2563 TypeFunction *tfto; | |
| 2564 | |
| 2565 tf = (TypeFunction *)(next); | |
| 2566 tfto = (TypeFunction *)(to->next); | |
| 2567 return tfto->equals(tf) ? MATCHexact : MATCHnomatch; | |
| 2568 } | |
| 2569 } | |
| 2570 // if (to->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2571 // return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2572 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 2573 } | |
| 2574 | |
| 2575 int TypePointer::isscalar() | |
| 2576 { | |
| 2577 return TRUE; | |
| 2578 } | |
| 2579 | |
| 2580 Expression *TypePointer::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2581 { | |
| 2582 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2583 printf("TypePointer::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2584 #endif | |
| 2585 Expression *e; | |
| 2586 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 2587 e->type = this; | |
| 2588 return e; | |
| 2589 } | |
| 2590 | |
| 2591 int TypePointer::isZeroInit() | |
| 2592 { | |
| 2593 return 1; | |
| 2594 } | |
| 2595 | |
| 2596 int TypePointer::hasPointers() | |
| 2597 { | |
| 2598 return TRUE; | |
| 2599 } | |
| 2600 | |
| 2601 | |
| 2602 /***************************** TypeReference *****************************/ | |
| 2603 | |
| 2604 TypeReference::TypeReference(Type *t) | |
| 2605 : Type(Treference, t) | |
| 2606 { | |
| 2607 if (t->ty == Tbit) | |
| 2608 error(0,"cannot make reference to a bit"); | |
| 2609 // BUG: what about references to static arrays? | |
| 2610 } | |
| 2611 | |
| 2612 Type *TypeReference::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2613 { | |
| 2614 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2615 if (t == next) | |
| 2616 t = this; | |
| 2617 else | |
| 2618 t = new TypeReference(t); | |
| 2619 return t; | |
| 2620 } | |
| 2621 | |
| 2622 d_uns64 TypeReference::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2623 { | |
| 2624 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 2625 } | |
| 2626 | |
| 2627 void TypeReference::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2628 { | |
| 2629 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2630 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2631 return; | |
| 2632 } | |
| 2633 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2634 buf->writeByte('&'); | |
| 2635 } | |
| 2636 | |
| 2637 Expression *TypeReference::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 2638 { | |
| 2639 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2640 printf("TypeReference::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2641 #endif | |
| 2642 | |
| 2643 // References just forward things along | |
| 2644 return next->dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2645 } | |
| 2646 | |
| 2647 Expression *TypeReference::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2648 { | |
| 2649 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2650 printf("TypeReference::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2651 #endif | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
2652 Expression *e = new NullExp(loc); |
| 159 | 2653 e->type = this; |
| 2654 return e; | |
| 2655 } | |
| 2656 | |
| 2657 int TypeReference::isZeroInit() | |
| 2658 { | |
| 2659 return 1; | |
| 2660 } | |
| 2661 | |
| 2662 | |
| 2663 /***************************** TypeFunction *****************************/ | |
| 2664 | |
| 2665 TypeFunction::TypeFunction(Arguments *parameters, Type *treturn, int varargs, enum LINK linkage) | |
| 2666 : Type(Tfunction, treturn) | |
| 2667 { | |
| 2668 //if (!treturn) *(char*)0=0; | |
| 2669 // assert(treturn); | |
| 2670 this->parameters = parameters; | |
| 2671 this->varargs = varargs; | |
| 2672 this->linkage = linkage; | |
| 2673 this->inuse = 0; | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2674 |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2675 #if IN_LLVM |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2676 this->funcdecl = NULL; |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2677 #endif |
| 159 | 2678 } |
| 2679 | |
| 2680 Type *TypeFunction::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2681 { | |
| 2682 Type *treturn = next ? next->syntaxCopy() : NULL; | |
| 2683 Arguments *params = Argument::arraySyntaxCopy(parameters); | |
|
217
0806379a5eca
[svn r233] Added: -oq command line option for writing fully qualified object names.
lindquist
parents:
211
diff
changeset
|
2684 TypeFunction *t = new TypeFunction(params, treturn, varargs, linkage); |
| 159 | 2685 return t; |
| 2686 } | |
| 2687 | |
| 2688 /******************************* | |
| 2689 * Returns: | |
| 2690 * 0 types are distinct | |
| 2691 * 1 this is covariant with t | |
| 2692 * 2 arguments match as far as overloading goes, | |
| 2693 * but types are not covariant | |
| 2694 * 3 cannot determine covariance because of forward references | |
| 2695 */ | |
| 2696 | |
| 2697 int Type::covariant(Type *t) | |
| 2698 { | |
| 2699 #if 0 | |
| 2700 printf("Type::covariant(t = %s) %s\n", t->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 2701 printf("deco = %p, %p\n", deco, t->deco); | |
| 2702 printf("ty = %d\n", next->ty); | |
| 2703 #endif | |
| 2704 | |
| 2705 int inoutmismatch = 0; | |
| 2706 | |
| 2707 if (equals(t)) | |
| 2708 goto Lcovariant; | |
| 2709 if (ty != Tfunction || t->ty != Tfunction) | |
| 2710 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2711 | |
| 2712 { | |
| 2713 TypeFunction *t1 = (TypeFunction *)this; | |
| 2714 TypeFunction *t2 = (TypeFunction *)t; | |
| 2715 | |
| 2716 if (t1->varargs != t2->varargs) | |
| 2717 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2718 | |
| 2719 if (t1->parameters && t2->parameters) | |
| 2720 { | |
| 2721 size_t dim = Argument::dim(t1->parameters); | |
| 2722 if (dim != Argument::dim(t2->parameters)) | |
| 2723 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2724 | |
| 2725 for (size_t i = 0; i < dim; i++) | |
| 2726 { Argument *arg1 = Argument::getNth(t1->parameters, i); | |
| 2727 Argument *arg2 = Argument::getNth(t2->parameters, i); | |
| 2728 | |
| 2729 if (!arg1->type->equals(arg2->type)) | |
| 2730 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2731 if (arg1->storageClass != arg2->storageClass) | |
| 2732 inoutmismatch = 1; | |
| 2733 } | |
| 2734 } | |
| 2735 else if (t1->parameters != t2->parameters) | |
| 2736 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2737 | |
| 2738 // The argument lists match | |
| 2739 if (inoutmismatch) | |
| 2740 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2741 if (t1->linkage != t2->linkage) | |
| 2742 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2743 | |
| 2744 Type *t1n = t1->next; | |
| 2745 Type *t2n = t2->next; | |
| 2746 | |
| 2747 if (t1n->equals(t2n)) | |
| 2748 goto Lcovariant; | |
| 2749 if (t1n->ty != Tclass || t2n->ty != Tclass) | |
| 2750 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2751 | |
| 2752 // If t1n is forward referenced: | |
| 2753 ClassDeclaration *cd = ((TypeClass *)t1n)->sym; | |
| 2754 if (!cd->baseClass && cd->baseclasses.dim && !cd->isInterfaceDeclaration()) | |
| 2755 { | |
| 2756 return 3; | |
| 2757 } | |
| 2758 | |
| 2759 if (t1n->implicitConvTo(t2n)) | |
| 2760 goto Lcovariant; | |
| 2761 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2762 } | |
| 2763 | |
| 2764 Lcovariant: | |
| 2765 //printf("\tcovaraint: 1\n"); | |
| 2766 return 1; | |
| 2767 | |
| 2768 Ldistinct: | |
| 2769 //printf("\tcovaraint: 0\n"); | |
| 2770 return 0; | |
| 2771 | |
| 2772 Lnotcovariant: | |
| 2773 //printf("\tcovaraint: 2\n"); | |
| 2774 return 2; | |
| 2775 } | |
| 2776 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2777 void TypeFunction::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 2778 { unsigned char mc; |
| 2779 | |
| 2780 //printf("TypeFunction::toDecoBuffer() this = %p %s\n", this, toChars()); | |
| 2781 //static int nest; if (++nest == 50) *(char*)0=0; | |
| 2782 if (inuse) | |
| 2783 { inuse = 2; // flag error to caller | |
| 2784 return; | |
| 2785 } | |
| 2786 inuse++; | |
| 2787 switch (linkage) | |
| 2788 { | |
| 2789 case LINKd: mc = 'F'; break; | |
| 2790 case LINKc: mc = 'U'; break; | |
| 2791 case LINKwindows: mc = 'W'; break; | |
| 2792 case LINKpascal: mc = 'V'; break; | |
| 2793 case LINKcpp: mc = 'R'; break; | |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2794 |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2795 // LDC |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2796 case LINKintrinsic: mc = 'Q'; break; |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2797 |
| 159 | 2798 default: |
| 2799 assert(0); | |
| 2800 } | |
| 2801 buf->writeByte(mc); | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2802 |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2803 // LDC: if we're not producing a mangle string, add the this |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2804 // type to prevent merging different member function |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2805 if (!mangle && funcdecl) |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2806 { |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2807 if (AggregateDeclaration* ad = funcdecl->isMember()) |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2808 { |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2809 buf->writeByte('M'); |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2810 ad->type->toDecoBuffer(buf, false); |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2811 } |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2812 } |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2813 |
| 159 | 2814 // Write argument types |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2815 Argument::argsToDecoBuffer(buf, parameters, mangle); |
| 159 | 2816 //if (buf->data[buf->offset - 1] == '@') halt(); |
| 2817 buf->writeByte('Z' - varargs); // mark end of arg list | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2818 next->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 2819 inuse--; |
| 2820 } | |
| 2821 | |
| 2822 void TypeFunction::toCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, Identifier *ident, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 2823 { | |
| 2824 char *p = NULL; | |
| 2825 | |
| 2826 if (inuse) | |
| 2827 { inuse = 2; // flag error to caller | |
| 2828 return; | |
| 2829 } | |
| 2830 inuse++; | |
| 2831 if (next && (!ident || ident->toHChars2() == ident->toChars())) | |
| 2832 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 2833 if (hgs->ddoc != 1) | |
| 2834 { | |
| 2835 switch (linkage) | |
| 2836 { | |
| 2837 case LINKd: p = NULL; break; | |
| 2838 case LINKc: p = "C "; break; | |
| 2839 case LINKwindows: p = "Windows "; break; | |
| 2840 case LINKpascal: p = "Pascal "; break; | |
| 2841 case LINKcpp: p = "C++ "; break; | |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2842 |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2843 // LDC |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2844 case LINKintrinsic: p = "Intrinsic"; break; |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2845 |
| 159 | 2846 default: |
| 2847 assert(0); | |
| 2848 } | |
| 2849 } | |
| 2850 | |
| 2851 if (!hgs->hdrgen && p) | |
| 2852 buf->writestring(p); | |
| 2853 if (ident) | |
| 2854 { buf->writeByte(' '); | |
| 2855 buf->writestring(ident->toHChars2()); | |
| 2856 } | |
| 2857 Argument::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, parameters, varargs); | |
| 2858 inuse--; | |
| 2859 } | |
| 2860 | |
| 2861 void TypeFunction::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2862 { | |
| 2863 char *p = NULL; | |
| 2864 | |
| 2865 if (inuse) | |
| 2866 { inuse = 2; // flag error to caller | |
| 2867 return; | |
| 2868 } | |
| 2869 inuse++; | |
| 2870 if (next) | |
| 2871 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 2872 if (hgs->ddoc != 1) | |
| 2873 { | |
| 2874 switch (linkage) | |
| 2875 { | |
| 2876 case LINKd: p = NULL; break; | |
| 2877 case LINKc: p = "C "; break; | |
| 2878 case LINKwindows: p = "Windows "; break; | |
| 2879 case LINKpascal: p = "Pascal "; break; | |
| 2880 case LINKcpp: p = "C++ "; break; | |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2881 |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2882 // LDC |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2883 case LINKintrinsic: p = "Intrinsic"; break; |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2884 |
| 159 | 2885 default: |
| 2886 assert(0); | |
| 2887 } | |
| 2888 } | |
| 2889 | |
| 2890 if (!hgs->hdrgen && p) | |
| 2891 buf->writestring(p); | |
| 2892 buf->writestring(" function"); | |
| 2893 Argument::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, parameters, varargs); | |
| 2894 inuse--; | |
| 2895 } | |
| 2896 | |
| 2897 Type *TypeFunction::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2898 { | |
| 2899 if (deco) // if semantic() already run | |
| 2900 { | |
| 2901 //printf("already done\n"); | |
| 2902 return this; | |
| 2903 } | |
| 2904 //printf("TypeFunction::semantic() this = %p\n", this); | |
| 2905 | |
| 2906 TypeFunction *tf = (TypeFunction *)mem.malloc(sizeof(TypeFunction)); | |
| 2907 memcpy(tf, this, sizeof(TypeFunction)); | |
| 2908 if (parameters) | |
| 2909 { tf->parameters = (Arguments *)parameters->copy(); | |
| 2910 for (size_t i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) | |
| 2911 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 2912 Argument *cpy = (Argument *)mem.malloc(sizeof(Argument)); | |
| 2913 memcpy(cpy, arg, sizeof(Argument)); | |
| 2914 tf->parameters->data[i] = (void *)cpy; | |
| 2915 } | |
| 2916 } | |
| 2917 | |
| 2918 tf->linkage = sc->linkage; | |
| 2919 if (!tf->next) | |
| 2920 { | |
| 2921 assert(global.errors); | |
| 2922 tf->next = tvoid; | |
| 2923 } | |
| 2924 tf->next = tf->next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2925 if (tf->next->toBasetype()->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2926 { error(loc, "functions cannot return static array %s", tf->next->toChars()); | |
| 2927 tf->next = Type::terror; | |
| 2928 } | |
| 2929 if (tf->next->toBasetype()->ty == Tfunction) | |
| 2930 { error(loc, "functions cannot return a function"); | |
| 2931 tf->next = Type::terror; | |
| 2932 } | |
| 2933 if (tf->next->toBasetype()->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 2934 { error(loc, "functions cannot return a tuple"); | |
| 2935 tf->next = Type::terror; | |
| 2936 } | |
| 2937 if (tf->next->isauto() && !(sc->flags & SCOPEctor)) | |
| 2938 error(loc, "functions cannot return auto %s", tf->next->toChars()); | |
| 2939 | |
| 2940 if (tf->parameters) | |
| 2941 { size_t dim = Argument::dim(tf->parameters); | |
| 2942 | |
| 2943 for (size_t i = 0; i < dim; i++) | |
| 2944 { Argument *arg = Argument::getNth(tf->parameters, i); | |
| 2945 Type *t; | |
| 2946 | |
| 2947 tf->inuse++; | |
| 2948 arg->type = arg->type->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2949 if (tf->inuse == 1) tf->inuse--; | |
|
780
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2950 |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2951 // each function needs its own copy of a tuple arg, since |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2952 // they mustn't share arg flags like inreg, ... |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2953 if (arg->type->ty == Ttuple) { |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2954 arg->type = arg->type->syntaxCopy(); |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2955 tf->inuse++; |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2956 arg->type = arg->type->semantic(loc,sc); |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2957 if (tf->inuse == 1) tf->inuse--; |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2958 } |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2959 |
| 159 | 2960 t = arg->type->toBasetype(); |
| 2961 | |
| 2962 if (arg->storageClass & (STCout | STCref | STClazy)) | |
| 2963 { | |
| 2964 if (t->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2965 error(loc, "cannot have out or ref parameter of type %s", t->toChars()); | |
| 2966 } | |
| 2967 if (!(arg->storageClass & STClazy) && t->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2968 error(loc, "cannot have parameter of type %s", arg->type->toChars()); | |
| 2969 | |
| 2970 if (arg->defaultArg) | |
| 2971 { | |
| 2972 arg->defaultArg = arg->defaultArg->semantic(sc); | |
| 2973 arg->defaultArg = resolveProperties(sc, arg->defaultArg); | |
| 2974 arg->defaultArg = arg->defaultArg->implicitCastTo(sc, arg->type); | |
| 2975 } | |
| 2976 | |
| 2977 /* If arg turns out to be a tuple, the number of parameters may | |
| 2978 * change. | |
| 2979 */ | |
| 2980 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 2981 { dim = Argument::dim(tf->parameters); | |
| 2982 i--; | |
| 2983 } | |
| 2984 } | |
| 2985 } | |
| 2986 tf->deco = tf->merge()->deco; | |
| 2987 | |
| 2988 if (tf->inuse) | |
| 2989 { error(loc, "recursive type"); | |
| 2990 tf->inuse = 0; | |
| 2991 return terror; | |
| 2992 } | |
| 2993 | |
| 2994 if (tf->varargs == 1 && tf->linkage != LINKd && Argument::dim(tf->parameters) == 0) | |
| 2995 error(loc, "variadic functions with non-D linkage must have at least one parameter"); | |
| 2996 | |
| 2997 /* Don't return merge(), because arg identifiers and default args | |
| 2998 * can be different | |
| 2999 * even though the types match | |
| 3000 */ | |
| 3001 return tf; | |
| 3002 } | |
| 3003 | |
| 3004 /******************************** | |
| 3005 * 'args' are being matched to function 'this' | |
| 3006 * Determine match level. | |
| 3007 * Returns: | |
| 3008 * MATCHxxxx | |
| 3009 */ | |
| 3010 | |
| 3011 int TypeFunction::callMatch(Expressions *args) | |
| 3012 { | |
| 3013 //printf("TypeFunction::callMatch()\n"); | |
| 3014 int match = MATCHexact; // assume exact match | |
| 3015 | |
| 3016 size_t nparams = Argument::dim(parameters); | |
| 3017 size_t nargs = args ? args->dim : 0; | |
| 3018 if (nparams == nargs) | |
| 3019 ; | |
| 3020 else if (nargs > nparams) | |
| 3021 { | |
| 3022 if (varargs == 0) | |
| 3023 goto Nomatch; // too many args; no match | |
| 3024 match = MATCHconvert; // match ... with a "conversion" match level | |
| 3025 } | |
| 3026 | |
| 3027 for (size_t u = 0; u < nparams; u++) | |
| 3028 { int m; | |
| 3029 Expression *arg; | |
| 3030 | |
| 3031 // BUG: what about out and ref? | |
| 3032 | |
| 3033 Argument *p = Argument::getNth(parameters, u); | |
| 3034 assert(p); | |
| 3035 if (u >= nargs) | |
| 3036 { | |
| 3037 if (p->defaultArg) | |
| 3038 continue; | |
| 3039 if (varargs == 2 && u + 1 == nparams) | |
| 3040 goto L1; | |
| 3041 goto Nomatch; // not enough arguments | |
| 3042 } | |
| 3043 arg = (Expression *)args->data[u]; | |
| 3044 assert(arg); | |
| 3045 if (p->storageClass & STClazy && p->type->ty == Tvoid && arg->type->ty != Tvoid) | |
| 3046 m = MATCHconvert; | |
| 3047 else | |
| 3048 m = arg->implicitConvTo(p->type); | |
| 3049 //printf("\tm = %d\n", m); | |
| 3050 if (m == MATCHnomatch) // if no match | |
| 3051 { | |
| 3052 L1: | |
| 3053 if (varargs == 2 && u + 1 == nparams) // if last varargs param | |
| 3054 { Type *tb = p->type->toBasetype(); | |
| 3055 TypeSArray *tsa; | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
3056 dinteger_t sz; |
| 159 | 3057 |
| 3058 switch (tb->ty) | |
| 3059 { | |
| 3060 case Tsarray: | |
| 3061 tsa = (TypeSArray *)tb; | |
| 3062 sz = tsa->dim->toInteger(); | |
| 3063 if (sz != nargs - u) | |
| 3064 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3065 case Tarray: | |
| 3066 for (; u < nargs; u++) | |
| 3067 { | |
| 3068 arg = (Expression *)args->data[u]; | |
| 3069 assert(arg); | |
| 3070 #if 1 | |
| 3071 /* If lazy array of delegates, | |
| 3072 * convert arg(s) to delegate(s) | |
| 3073 */ | |
| 3074 Type *tret = p->isLazyArray(); | |
| 3075 if (tret) | |
| 3076 { | |
| 3077 if (tb->next->equals(arg->type)) | |
| 3078 { m = MATCHexact; | |
| 3079 } | |
| 3080 else | |
| 3081 { | |
| 3082 m = arg->implicitConvTo(tret); | |
| 3083 if (m == MATCHnomatch) | |
| 3084 { | |
| 3085 if (tret->toBasetype()->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 3086 m = MATCHconvert; | |
| 3087 } | |
| 3088 } | |
| 3089 } | |
| 3090 else | |
| 3091 m = arg->implicitConvTo(tb->next); | |
| 3092 #else | |
| 3093 m = arg->implicitConvTo(tb->next); | |
| 3094 #endif | |
| 3095 if (m == 0) | |
| 3096 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3097 if (m < match) | |
| 3098 match = m; | |
| 3099 } | |
| 3100 goto Ldone; | |
| 3101 | |
| 3102 case Tclass: | |
| 3103 // Should see if there's a constructor match? | |
| 3104 // Or just leave it ambiguous? | |
| 3105 goto Ldone; | |
| 3106 | |
| 3107 default: | |
| 3108 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3109 } | |
| 3110 } | |
| 3111 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3112 } | |
| 3113 if (m < match) | |
| 3114 match = m; // pick worst match | |
| 3115 } | |
| 3116 | |
| 3117 Ldone: | |
| 3118 //printf("match = %d\n", match); | |
| 3119 return match; | |
| 3120 | |
| 3121 Nomatch: | |
| 3122 //printf("no match\n"); | |
| 3123 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 3124 } | |
| 3125 | |
| 3126 Type *TypeFunction::reliesOnTident() | |
| 3127 { | |
| 3128 if (parameters) | |
| 3129 { | |
| 3130 for (size_t i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) | |
| 3131 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 3132 Type *t = arg->type->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 3133 if (t) | |
| 3134 return t; | |
| 3135 } | |
| 3136 } | |
| 3137 return next->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 3138 } | |
| 3139 | |
| 3140 /***************************** TypeDelegate *****************************/ | |
| 3141 | |
| 3142 TypeDelegate::TypeDelegate(Type *t) | |
| 3143 : Type(Tfunction, t) | |
| 3144 { | |
| 3145 ty = Tdelegate; | |
| 3146 } | |
| 3147 | |
| 3148 Type *TypeDelegate::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3149 { | |
| 3150 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 3151 if (t == next) | |
| 3152 t = this; | |
| 3153 else | |
| 3154 t = new TypeDelegate(t); | |
| 3155 return t; | |
| 3156 } | |
| 3157 | |
| 3158 Type *TypeDelegate::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3159 { | |
| 3160 if (deco) // if semantic() already run | |
| 3161 { | |
| 3162 //printf("already done\n"); | |
| 3163 return this; | |
| 3164 } | |
| 3165 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 3166 return merge(); | |
| 3167 } | |
| 3168 | |
| 3169 d_uns64 TypeDelegate::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3170 { | |
| 3171 return PTRSIZE * 2; | |
| 3172 } | |
| 3173 | |
|
797
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3174 // LDC added, no reason to align to 2*PTRSIZE |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3175 unsigned TypeDelegate::alignsize() |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3176 { |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3177 // A Delegate consists of two ptr values, so align it on pointer size |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3178 // boundary |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3179 return PTRSIZE; |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3180 } |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3181 |
| 159 | 3182 void TypeDelegate::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) |
| 3183 { | |
| 3184 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3185 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3186 return; | |
| 3187 } | |
| 3188 TypeFunction *tf = (TypeFunction *)next; | |
| 3189 | |
| 3190 tf->next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 3191 buf->writestring(" delegate"); | |
| 3192 Argument::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, tf->parameters, tf->varargs); | |
| 3193 } | |
| 3194 | |
| 3195 Expression *TypeDelegate::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 3196 { | |
| 3197 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 3198 printf("TypeDelegate::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 3199 #endif | |
| 3200 Expression *e; | |
| 3201 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 3202 e->type = this; | |
| 3203 return e; | |
| 3204 } | |
| 3205 | |
| 3206 int TypeDelegate::isZeroInit() | |
| 3207 { | |
| 3208 return 1; | |
| 3209 } | |
| 3210 | |
| 3211 int TypeDelegate::checkBoolean() | |
| 3212 { | |
| 3213 return TRUE; | |
| 3214 } | |
| 3215 | |
| 3216 Expression *TypeDelegate::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 3217 { | |
| 3218 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 3219 printf("TypeDelegate::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 3220 #endif | |
| 3221 if (ident == Id::ptr) | |
| 3222 { | |
|
599
4435f57956e7
Fixed .funcptr property of delegates, no longer uses the infamous DMD rewrites to pointer arithmetic, instead a GEPExp has been introduced.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
591
diff
changeset
|
3223 e = new GEPExp(e->loc, e, ident, 0); |
| 159 | 3224 e->type = tvoidptr; |
| 3225 return e; | |
| 3226 } | |
| 3227 else if (ident == Id::funcptr) | |
| 3228 { | |
|
599
4435f57956e7
Fixed .funcptr property of delegates, no longer uses the infamous DMD rewrites to pointer arithmetic, instead a GEPExp has been introduced.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
591
diff
changeset
|
3229 e = new GEPExp(e->loc, e, ident, 1); |
|
4435f57956e7
Fixed .funcptr property of delegates, no longer uses the infamous DMD rewrites to pointer arithmetic, instead a GEPExp has been introduced.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
591
diff
changeset
|
3230 e->type = tvoidptr; |
| 159 | 3231 return e; |
| 3232 } | |
| 3233 else | |
| 3234 { | |
| 3235 e = Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 3236 } | |
| 3237 return e; | |
| 3238 } | |
| 3239 | |
| 3240 int TypeDelegate::hasPointers() | |
| 3241 { | |
| 3242 return TRUE; | |
| 3243 } | |
| 3244 | |
| 3245 | |
| 3246 | |
| 3247 /***************************** TypeQualified *****************************/ | |
| 3248 | |
| 3249 TypeQualified::TypeQualified(TY ty, Loc loc) | |
| 3250 : Type(ty, NULL) | |
| 3251 { | |
| 3252 this->loc = loc; | |
| 3253 } | |
| 3254 | |
| 3255 void TypeQualified::syntaxCopyHelper(TypeQualified *t) | |
| 3256 { | |
| 3257 //printf("TypeQualified::syntaxCopyHelper(%s) %s\n", t->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 3258 idents.setDim(t->idents.dim); | |
| 3259 for (int i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3260 { | |
| 3261 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)t->idents.data[i]; | |
| 3262 if (id->dyncast() == DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 3263 { | |
| 3264 TemplateInstance *ti = (TemplateInstance *)id; | |
| 3265 | |
| 3266 ti = (TemplateInstance *)ti->syntaxCopy(NULL); | |
| 3267 id = (Identifier *)ti; | |
| 3268 } | |
| 3269 idents.data[i] = id; | |
| 3270 } | |
| 3271 } | |
| 3272 | |
| 3273 | |
| 3274 void TypeQualified::addIdent(Identifier *ident) | |
| 3275 { | |
| 3276 idents.push(ident); | |
| 3277 } | |
| 3278 | |
| 3279 void TypeQualified::toCBuffer2Helper(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 3280 { | |
| 3281 int i; | |
| 3282 | |
| 3283 for (i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3284 { Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3285 | |
| 3286 buf->writeByte('.'); | |
| 3287 | |
| 3288 if (id->dyncast() == DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 3289 { | |
| 3290 TemplateInstance *ti = (TemplateInstance *)id; | |
| 3291 ti->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 3292 } | |
| 3293 else | |
| 3294 buf->writestring(id->toChars()); | |
| 3295 } | |
| 3296 } | |
| 3297 | |
| 3298 d_uns64 TypeQualified::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3299 { | |
| 3300 error(this->loc, "size of type %s is not known", toChars()); | |
| 3301 return 1; | |
| 3302 } | |
| 3303 | |
| 3304 /************************************* | |
| 3305 * Takes an array of Identifiers and figures out if | |
| 3306 * it represents a Type or an Expression. | |
| 3307 * Output: | |
| 3308 * if expression, *pe is set | |
| 3309 * if type, *pt is set | |
| 3310 */ | |
| 3311 | |
| 3312 void TypeQualified::resolveHelper(Loc loc, Scope *sc, | |
| 3313 Dsymbol *s, Dsymbol *scopesym, | |
| 3314 Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 3315 { | |
| 3316 Identifier *id = NULL; | |
| 3317 int i; | |
| 3318 VarDeclaration *v; | |
| 3319 EnumMember *em; | |
| 3320 TupleDeclaration *td; | |
| 3321 Type *t; | |
| 3322 Expression *e; | |
| 3323 | |
| 3324 #if 0 | |
| 3325 printf("TypeQualified::resolveHelper(sc = %p, idents = '%s')\n", sc, toChars()); | |
| 3326 if (scopesym) | |
| 3327 printf("\tscopesym = '%s'\n", scopesym->toChars()); | |
| 3328 #endif | |
| 3329 *pe = NULL; | |
| 3330 *pt = NULL; | |
| 3331 *ps = NULL; | |
| 3332 if (s) | |
| 3333 { | |
| 3334 //printf("\t1: s = '%s' %p, kind = '%s'\n",s->toChars(), s, s->kind()); | |
| 336 | 3335 s->checkDeprecated(loc, sc); // check for deprecated aliases |
| 159 | 3336 s = s->toAlias(); |
| 3337 //printf("\t2: s = '%s' %p, kind = '%s'\n",s->toChars(), s, s->kind()); | |
| 3338 for (i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3339 { Dsymbol *sm; | |
| 3340 | |
| 3341 id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3342 sm = s->searchX(loc, sc, id); | |
| 3343 //printf("\t3: s = '%s' %p, kind = '%s'\n",s->toChars(), s, s->kind()); | |
| 3344 //printf("getType = '%s'\n", s->getType()->toChars()); | |
| 3345 if (!sm) | |
| 3346 { | |
| 3347 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 3348 if (v && id == Id::length) | |
| 3349 { | |
| 3350 if (v->isConst() && v->getExpInitializer()) | |
| 3351 { e = v->getExpInitializer()->exp; | |
| 3352 } | |
| 3353 else | |
| 3354 e = new VarExp(loc, v); | |
| 3355 t = e->type; | |
| 3356 if (!t) | |
| 3357 goto Lerror; | |
| 3358 goto L3; | |
| 3359 } | |
| 3360 t = s->getType(); | |
| 3361 if (!t && s->isDeclaration()) | |
| 3362 t = s->isDeclaration()->type; | |
| 3363 if (t) | |
| 3364 { | |
| 3365 sm = t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 3366 if (sm) | |
| 3367 { sm = sm->search(loc, id, 0); | |
| 3368 if (sm) | |
| 3369 goto L2; | |
| 3370 } | |
| 3371 //e = t->getProperty(loc, id); | |
| 3372 e = new TypeExp(loc, t); | |
| 3373 e = t->dotExp(sc, e, id); | |
| 3374 i++; | |
| 3375 L3: | |
| 3376 for (; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3377 { | |
| 3378 id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3379 //printf("e: '%s', id: '%s', type = %p\n", e->toChars(), id->toChars(), e->type); | |
| 3380 e = e->type->dotExp(sc, e, id); | |
| 3381 } | |
| 3382 *pe = e; | |
| 3383 } | |
| 3384 else | |
| 3385 Lerror: | |
| 3386 error(loc, "identifier '%s' of '%s' is not defined", id->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 3387 return; | |
| 3388 } | |
| 3389 L2: | |
| 3390 s = sm->toAlias(); | |
| 3391 } | |
| 3392 | |
| 3393 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 3394 if (v) | |
| 3395 { | |
| 3396 // It's not a type, it's an expression | |
| 3397 if (v->isConst() && v->getExpInitializer()) | |
| 3398 { | |
| 3399 ExpInitializer *ei = v->getExpInitializer(); | |
| 3400 assert(ei); | |
| 3401 *pe = ei->exp->copy(); // make copy so we can change loc | |
| 3402 (*pe)->loc = loc; | |
| 3403 } | |
| 3404 else | |
| 3405 { | |
| 3406 #if 0 | |
| 3407 WithScopeSymbol *withsym; | |
| 3408 if (scopesym && (withsym = scopesym->isWithScopeSymbol()) != NULL) | |
| 3409 { | |
| 3410 // Same as wthis.ident | |
| 3411 e = new VarExp(loc, withsym->withstate->wthis); | |
| 3412 e = new DotIdExp(loc, e, ident); | |
| 3413 //assert(0); // BUG: should handle this | |
| 3414 } | |
| 3415 else | |
| 3416 #endif | |
| 3417 *pe = new VarExp(loc, v); | |
| 3418 } | |
| 3419 return; | |
| 3420 } | |
| 3421 em = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 3422 if (em) | |
| 3423 { | |
| 3424 // It's not a type, it's an expression | |
| 3425 *pe = em->value->copy(); | |
| 3426 return; | |
| 3427 } | |
| 3428 | |
| 3429 L1: | |
| 3430 t = s->getType(); | |
| 3431 if (!t) | |
| 3432 { | |
| 3433 // If the symbol is an import, try looking inside the import | |
| 3434 Import *si; | |
| 3435 | |
| 3436 si = s->isImport(); | |
| 3437 if (si) | |
| 3438 { | |
| 3439 s = si->search(loc, s->ident, 0); | |
| 3440 if (s && s != si) | |
| 3441 goto L1; | |
| 3442 s = si; | |
| 3443 } | |
| 3444 *ps = s; | |
| 3445 return; | |
| 3446 } | |
| 3447 if (t->ty == Tinstance && t != this && !t->deco) | |
| 3448 { error(loc, "forward reference to '%s'", t->toChars()); | |
| 3449 return; | |
| 3450 } | |
| 3451 | |
| 3452 if (t != this) | |
| 3453 { | |
| 3454 if (t->reliesOnTident()) | |
| 3455 { | |
| 3456 Scope *scx; | |
| 3457 | |
| 3458 for (scx = sc; 1; scx = scx->enclosing) | |
| 3459 { | |
| 3460 if (!scx) | |
| 3461 { error(loc, "forward reference to '%s'", t->toChars()); | |
| 3462 return; | |
| 3463 } | |
| 3464 if (scx->scopesym == scopesym) | |
| 3465 break; | |
| 3466 } | |
| 3467 t = t->semantic(loc, scx); | |
| 3468 //((TypeIdentifier *)t)->resolve(loc, scx, pe, &t, ps); | |
| 3469 } | |
| 3470 } | |
| 3471 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
|
772
cd7da2ba14d1
Fix bug reported by downs. Related to delegate types within tuple template parameters.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
771
diff
changeset
|
3472 *pt = t; |
| 159 | 3473 else |
| 3474 *pt = t->merge(); | |
| 3475 } | |
| 3476 if (!s) | |
| 3477 { | |
| 3478 error(loc, "identifier '%s' is not defined", toChars()); | |
| 3479 } | |
| 3480 } | |
| 3481 | |
| 3482 /***************************** TypeIdentifier *****************************/ | |
| 3483 | |
| 3484 TypeIdentifier::TypeIdentifier(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 3485 : TypeQualified(Tident, loc) | |
| 3486 { | |
| 3487 this->ident = ident; | |
| 3488 } | |
| 3489 | |
| 3490 | |
| 3491 Type *TypeIdentifier::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3492 { | |
| 3493 TypeIdentifier *t; | |
| 3494 | |
| 3495 t = new TypeIdentifier(loc, ident); | |
| 3496 t->syntaxCopyHelper(this); | |
| 3497 return t; | |
| 3498 } | |
| 3499 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3500 void TypeIdentifier::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 3501 { unsigned len; |
| 3502 char *name; | |
| 3503 | |
| 3504 name = ident->toChars(); | |
| 3505 len = strlen(name); | |
| 3506 buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 3507 //buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 3508 } | |
| 3509 | |
| 3510 void TypeIdentifier::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3511 { | |
| 3512 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3513 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3514 return; | |
| 3515 } | |
| 3516 buf->writestring(this->ident->toChars()); | |
| 3517 toCBuffer2Helper(buf, hgs); | |
| 3518 } | |
| 3519 | |
| 3520 /************************************* | |
| 3521 * Takes an array of Identifiers and figures out if | |
| 3522 * it represents a Type or an Expression. | |
| 3523 * Output: | |
| 3524 * if expression, *pe is set | |
| 3525 * if type, *pt is set | |
| 3526 */ | |
| 3527 | |
| 3528 void TypeIdentifier::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 3529 { Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3530 Dsymbol *scopesym; | |
| 3531 | |
| 3532 //printf("TypeIdentifier::resolve(sc = %p, idents = '%s')\n", sc, toChars()); | |
| 3533 s = sc->search(loc, ident, &scopesym); | |
| 3534 resolveHelper(loc, sc, s, scopesym, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 3535 } | |
| 3536 | |
| 3537 /***************************************** | |
| 3538 * See if type resolves to a symbol, if so, | |
| 3539 * return that symbol. | |
| 3540 */ | |
| 3541 | |
| 3542 Dsymbol *TypeIdentifier::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 3543 { | |
| 3544 //printf("TypeIdentifier::toDsymbol('%s')\n", toChars()); | |
| 3545 if (!sc) | |
| 3546 return NULL; | |
| 3547 //printf("ident = '%s'\n", ident->toChars()); | |
| 3548 | |
| 3549 Dsymbol *scopesym; | |
| 3550 Dsymbol *s = sc->search(loc, ident, &scopesym); | |
| 3551 if (s) | |
| 3552 { | |
| 3553 for (int i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3554 { | |
| 3555 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3556 s = s->searchX(loc, sc, id); | |
| 3557 if (!s) // failed to find a symbol | |
| 3558 { //printf("\tdidn't find a symbol\n"); | |
| 3559 break; | |
| 3560 } | |
| 3561 } | |
| 3562 } | |
| 3563 return s; | |
| 3564 } | |
| 3565 | |
| 3566 Type *TypeIdentifier::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3567 { | |
| 3568 Type *t; | |
| 3569 Expression *e; | |
| 3570 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3571 | |
| 3572 //printf("TypeIdentifier::semantic(%s)\n", toChars()); | |
| 3573 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 3574 if (t) | |
| 3575 { | |
| 3576 //printf("\tit's a type %d, %s, %s\n", t->ty, t->toChars(), t->deco); | |
| 3577 | |
| 3578 if (t->ty == Ttypedef) | |
| 3579 { TypeTypedef *tt = (TypeTypedef *)t; | |
| 3580 | |
| 3581 if (tt->sym->sem == 1) | |
| 3582 error(loc, "circular reference of typedef %s", tt->toChars()); | |
| 3583 } | |
| 3584 } | |
| 3585 else | |
| 3586 { | |
| 3587 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3588 if (!global.gag) | |
| 3589 printf("1: "); | |
| 3590 #endif | |
| 3591 if (s) | |
| 3592 { | |
| 3593 s->error(loc, "is used as a type"); | |
| 3594 } | |
| 3595 else | |
| 3596 error(loc, "%s is used as a type", toChars()); | |
| 3597 t = tvoid; | |
| 3598 } | |
| 3599 //t->print(); | |
| 3600 return t; | |
| 3601 } | |
| 3602 | |
| 3603 Type *TypeIdentifier::reliesOnTident() | |
| 3604 { | |
| 3605 return this; | |
| 3606 } | |
| 3607 | |
| 3608 Expression *TypeIdentifier::toExpression() | |
| 3609 { | |
| 3610 Expression *e = new IdentifierExp(loc, ident); | |
| 3611 for (int i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3612 { | |
| 3613 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3614 e = new DotIdExp(loc, e, id); | |
| 3615 } | |
| 3616 | |
| 3617 return e; | |
| 3618 } | |
| 3619 | |
| 3620 /***************************** TypeInstance *****************************/ | |
| 3621 | |
| 3622 TypeInstance::TypeInstance(Loc loc, TemplateInstance *tempinst) | |
| 3623 : TypeQualified(Tinstance, loc) | |
| 3624 { | |
| 3625 this->tempinst = tempinst; | |
| 3626 } | |
| 3627 | |
| 3628 Type *TypeInstance::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3629 { | |
| 3630 //printf("TypeInstance::syntaxCopy() %s, %d\n", toChars(), idents.dim); | |
| 3631 TypeInstance *t; | |
| 3632 | |
| 3633 t = new TypeInstance(loc, (TemplateInstance *)tempinst->syntaxCopy(NULL)); | |
| 3634 t->syntaxCopyHelper(this); | |
| 3635 return t; | |
| 3636 } | |
| 3637 | |
| 3638 | |
| 3639 void TypeInstance::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3640 { | |
| 3641 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3642 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3643 return; | |
| 3644 } | |
| 3645 tempinst->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 3646 toCBuffer2Helper(buf, hgs); | |
| 3647 } | |
| 3648 | |
| 3649 void TypeInstance::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 3650 { | |
| 3651 // Note close similarity to TypeIdentifier::resolve() | |
| 3652 | |
| 3653 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3654 | |
| 3655 *pe = NULL; | |
| 3656 *pt = NULL; | |
| 3657 *ps = NULL; | |
| 3658 | |
| 3659 #if 0 | |
| 3660 if (!idents.dim) | |
| 3661 { | |
| 3662 error(loc, "template instance '%s' has no identifier", toChars()); | |
| 3663 return; | |
| 3664 } | |
| 3665 #endif | |
| 3666 //id = (Identifier *)idents.data[0]; | |
| 3667 //printf("TypeInstance::resolve(sc = %p, idents = '%s')\n", sc, id->toChars()); | |
| 3668 s = tempinst; | |
| 3669 if (s) | |
| 3670 s->semantic(sc); | |
| 3671 resolveHelper(loc, sc, s, NULL, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 3672 //printf("pt = '%s'\n", (*pt)->toChars()); | |
| 3673 } | |
| 3674 | |
| 3675 Type *TypeInstance::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3676 { | |
| 3677 Type *t; | |
| 3678 Expression *e; | |
| 3679 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3680 | |
| 3681 //printf("TypeInstance::semantic(%s)\n", toChars()); | |
| 3682 | |
| 3683 if (sc->parameterSpecialization) | |
| 3684 { | |
| 3685 unsigned errors = global.errors; | |
| 3686 global.gag++; | |
| 3687 | |
| 3688 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 3689 | |
| 3690 global.gag--; | |
| 3691 if (errors != global.errors) | |
| 3692 { if (global.gag == 0) | |
| 3693 global.errors = errors; | |
| 3694 return this; | |
| 3695 } | |
| 3696 } | |
| 3697 else | |
| 3698 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 3699 | |
| 3700 if (!t) | |
| 3701 { | |
| 3702 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3703 printf("2: "); | |
| 3704 #endif | |
| 3705 error(loc, "%s is used as a type", toChars()); | |
| 3706 t = tvoid; | |
| 3707 } | |
| 3708 return t; | |
| 3709 } | |
| 3710 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3711 Dsymbol *TypeInstance::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3712 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3713 Type *t; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3714 Expression *e; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3715 Dsymbol *s; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3716 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3717 //printf("TypeInstance::semantic(%s)\n", toChars()); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3718 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3719 if (sc->parameterSpecialization) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3720 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3721 unsigned errors = global.errors; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3722 global.gag++; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3723 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3724 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3725 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3726 global.gag--; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3727 if (errors != global.errors) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3728 { if (global.gag == 0) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3729 global.errors = errors; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3730 return NULL; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3731 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3732 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3733 else |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3734 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3735 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3736 return s; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3737 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3738 |
| 159 | 3739 |
| 3740 /***************************** TypeTypeof *****************************/ | |
| 3741 | |
| 3742 TypeTypeof::TypeTypeof(Loc loc, Expression *exp) | |
| 3743 : TypeQualified(Ttypeof, loc) | |
| 3744 { | |
| 3745 this->exp = exp; | |
| 3746 } | |
| 3747 | |
| 3748 Type *TypeTypeof::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3749 { | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3750 //printf("TypeTypeof::syntaxCopy() %s\n", toChars()); |
| 159 | 3751 TypeTypeof *t; |
| 3752 | |
| 3753 t = new TypeTypeof(loc, exp->syntaxCopy()); | |
| 3754 t->syntaxCopyHelper(this); | |
| 3755 return t; | |
| 3756 } | |
| 3757 | |
| 3758 Dsymbol *TypeTypeof::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 3759 { | |
| 3760 Type *t; | |
| 3761 | |
| 336 | 3762 t = semantic(loc, sc); |
| 159 | 3763 if (t == this) |
| 3764 return NULL; | |
| 3765 return t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 3766 } | |
| 3767 | |
| 3768 void TypeTypeof::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3769 { | |
| 3770 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3771 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3772 return; | |
| 3773 } | |
| 3774 buf->writestring("typeof("); | |
| 3775 exp->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 3776 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 3777 toCBuffer2Helper(buf, hgs); | |
| 3778 } | |
| 3779 | |
| 3780 Type *TypeTypeof::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3781 { Expression *e; | |
| 3782 Type *t; | |
| 3783 | |
| 3784 //printf("TypeTypeof::semantic() %p\n", this); | |
| 3785 | |
| 3786 //static int nest; if (++nest == 50) *(char*)0=0; | |
| 3787 | |
| 3788 #if 0 | |
| 3789 /* Special case for typeof(this) and typeof(super) since both | |
| 3790 * should work even if they are not inside a non-static member function | |
| 3791 */ | |
| 3792 if (exp->op == TOKthis || exp->op == TOKsuper) | |
| 3793 { | |
| 3794 // Find enclosing struct or class | |
| 3795 for (Dsymbol *s = sc->parent; 1; s = s->parent) | |
| 3796 { | |
| 3797 ClassDeclaration *cd; | |
| 3798 StructDeclaration *sd; | |
| 3799 | |
| 3800 if (!s) | |
| 3801 { | |
| 3802 error(loc, "%s is not in a struct or class scope", exp->toChars()); | |
| 3803 goto Lerr; | |
| 3804 } | |
| 3805 cd = s->isClassDeclaration(); | |
| 3806 if (cd) | |
| 3807 { | |
| 3808 if (exp->op == TOKsuper) | |
| 3809 { | |
| 3810 cd = cd->baseClass; | |
| 3811 if (!cd) | |
| 3812 { error(loc, "class %s has no 'super'", s->toChars()); | |
| 3813 goto Lerr; | |
| 3814 } | |
| 3815 } | |
| 3816 t = cd->type; | |
| 3817 break; | |
| 3818 } | |
| 3819 sd = s->isStructDeclaration(); | |
| 3820 if (sd) | |
| 3821 { | |
| 3822 if (exp->op == TOKsuper) | |
| 3823 { | |
| 3824 error(loc, "struct %s has no 'super'", sd->toChars()); | |
| 3825 goto Lerr; | |
| 3826 } | |
| 3827 t = sd->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 3828 break; | |
| 3829 } | |
| 3830 } | |
| 3831 } | |
| 3832 else | |
| 3833 #endif | |
| 3834 { | |
| 3835 sc->intypeof++; | |
| 3836 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 3837 sc->intypeof--; | |
| 336 | 3838 if (exp->op == TOKtype) |
| 3839 { | |
| 3840 error(loc, "argument %s to typeof is not an expression", exp->toChars()); | |
| 3841 } | |
| 159 | 3842 t = exp->type; |
| 3843 if (!t) | |
| 3844 { | |
| 3845 error(loc, "expression (%s) has no type", exp->toChars()); | |
| 3846 goto Lerr; | |
| 3847 } | |
| 3848 } | |
| 3849 | |
| 3850 if (idents.dim) | |
| 3851 { | |
| 3852 Dsymbol *s = t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 3853 for (size_t i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3854 { | |
| 3855 if (!s) | |
| 3856 break; | |
| 3857 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3858 s = s->searchX(loc, sc, id); | |
| 3859 } | |
| 3860 if (s) | |
| 3861 { | |
| 3862 t = s->getType(); | |
| 3863 if (!t) | |
| 3864 { error(loc, "%s is not a type", s->toChars()); | |
| 3865 goto Lerr; | |
| 3866 } | |
| 3867 } | |
| 3868 else | |
| 3869 { error(loc, "cannot resolve .property for %s", toChars()); | |
| 3870 goto Lerr; | |
| 3871 } | |
| 3872 } | |
| 3873 return t; | |
| 3874 | |
| 3875 Lerr: | |
| 3876 return tvoid; | |
| 3877 } | |
| 3878 | |
| 3879 d_uns64 TypeTypeof::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3880 { | |
| 3881 if (exp->type) | |
| 3882 return exp->type->size(loc); | |
| 3883 else | |
| 3884 return TypeQualified::size(loc); | |
| 3885 } | |
| 3886 | |
| 3887 | |
| 3888 | |
| 3889 /***************************** TypeEnum *****************************/ | |
| 3890 | |
| 3891 TypeEnum::TypeEnum(EnumDeclaration *sym) | |
| 3892 : Type(Tenum, NULL) | |
| 3893 { | |
| 3894 this->sym = sym; | |
| 3895 } | |
| 3896 | |
| 3897 char *TypeEnum::toChars() | |
| 3898 { | |
| 3899 return sym->toChars(); | |
| 3900 } | |
| 3901 | |
|
486
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3902 Type *TypeEnum::syntaxCopy() |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3903 { |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3904 return this; |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3905 } |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3906 |
| 159 | 3907 Type *TypeEnum::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) |
| 3908 { | |
| 3909 sym->semantic(sc); | |
| 3910 return merge(); | |
| 3911 } | |
| 3912 | |
| 3913 d_uns64 TypeEnum::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3914 { | |
| 3915 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 3916 { | |
| 3917 error(loc, "enum %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 3918 return 4; | |
| 3919 } | |
| 3920 return sym->memtype->size(loc); | |
| 3921 } | |
| 3922 | |
| 3923 unsigned TypeEnum::alignsize() | |
| 3924 { | |
| 3925 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 3926 { | |
| 3927 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3928 printf("1: "); | |
| 3929 #endif | |
| 3930 error(0, "enum %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 3931 return 4; | |
| 3932 } | |
| 3933 return sym->memtype->alignsize(); | |
| 3934 } | |
| 3935 | |
| 3936 Dsymbol *TypeEnum::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 3937 { | |
| 3938 return sym; | |
| 3939 } | |
| 3940 | |
| 3941 Type *TypeEnum::toBasetype() | |
| 3942 { | |
| 3943 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 3944 { | |
| 3945 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3946 printf("2: "); | |
| 3947 #endif | |
| 3948 error(sym->loc, "enum %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 3949 return tint32; | |
| 3950 } | |
| 3951 return sym->memtype->toBasetype(); | |
| 3952 } | |
| 3953 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3954 void TypeEnum::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 3955 { char *name; |
| 3956 | |
| 3957 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 3958 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 3959 // name += 2; | |
| 3960 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 3961 } | |
| 3962 | |
| 3963 void TypeEnum::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3964 { | |
| 3965 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3966 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3967 return; | |
| 3968 } | |
| 3969 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 3970 } | |
| 3971 | |
| 3972 Expression *TypeEnum::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 3973 { | |
| 3974 EnumMember *m; | |
| 3975 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3976 Expression *em; | |
| 3977 | |
| 3978 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 3979 printf("TypeEnum::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s') '%s'\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 3980 #endif | |
| 3981 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 3982 goto Lfwd; | |
| 3983 s = sym->symtab->lookup(ident); | |
| 3984 if (!s) | |
| 3985 { | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3986 if (ident == Id::max || |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3987 ident == Id::min || |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3988 ident == Id::init || |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3989 ident == Id::stringof || |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3990 !sym->memtype |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3991 ) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3992 { |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3993 return getProperty(e->loc, ident); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3994 } |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3995 return sym->memtype->dotExp(sc, e, ident); |
| 159 | 3996 } |
| 3997 m = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 3998 em = m->value->copy(); | |
| 3999 em->loc = e->loc; | |
| 4000 return em; | |
| 4001 | |
| 4002 Lfwd: | |
| 4003 error(e->loc, "forward reference of %s.%s", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4004 return new IntegerExp(0, 0, this); | |
| 4005 } | |
| 4006 | |
| 4007 Expression *TypeEnum::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4008 { Expression *e; | |
| 4009 | |
| 4010 if (ident == Id::max) | |
| 4011 { | |
| 4012 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 4013 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4014 e = new IntegerExp(0, sym->maxval, this); | |
| 4015 } | |
| 4016 else if (ident == Id::min) | |
| 4017 { | |
| 4018 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 4019 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4020 e = new IntegerExp(0, sym->minval, this); | |
| 4021 } | |
| 4022 else if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 4023 { | |
| 4024 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 4025 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4026 e = defaultInit(loc); | |
| 4027 } | |
|
846
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4028 else if (ident == Id::stringof) |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4029 { char *s = toChars(); |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4030 e = new StringExp(loc, s, strlen(s), 'c'); |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4031 Scope sc; |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4032 e = e->semantic(&sc); |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4033 } |
| 159 | 4034 else |
| 4035 { | |
| 4036 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 4037 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4038 e = sym->memtype->getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 4039 } | |
| 4040 return e; | |
| 4041 | |
| 4042 Lfwd: | |
| 4043 error(loc, "forward reference of %s.%s", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4044 return new IntegerExp(0, 0, this); | |
| 4045 } | |
| 4046 | |
| 4047 int TypeEnum::isintegral() | |
| 4048 { | |
| 4049 return 1; | |
| 4050 } | |
| 4051 | |
| 4052 int TypeEnum::isfloating() | |
| 4053 { | |
| 4054 return 0; | |
| 4055 } | |
| 4056 | |
| 4057 int TypeEnum::isunsigned() | |
| 4058 { | |
| 4059 return sym->memtype->isunsigned(); | |
| 4060 } | |
| 4061 | |
| 4062 int TypeEnum::isscalar() | |
| 4063 { | |
| 4064 return 1; | |
| 4065 //return sym->memtype->isscalar(); | |
| 4066 } | |
| 4067 | |
| 4068 MATCH TypeEnum::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 4069 { MATCH m; | |
| 4070 | |
| 4071 //printf("TypeEnum::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 4072 if (this->equals(to)) | |
| 4073 m = MATCHexact; // exact match | |
| 4074 else if (sym->memtype->implicitConvTo(to)) | |
| 4075 m = MATCHconvert; // match with conversions | |
| 4076 else | |
| 4077 m = MATCHnomatch; // no match | |
| 4078 return m; | |
| 4079 } | |
| 4080 | |
| 4081 Expression *TypeEnum::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 4082 { | |
| 4083 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 4084 printf("TypeEnum::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4085 #endif | |
| 4086 // Initialize to first member of enum | |
| 4087 Expression *e; | |
| 4088 e = new IntegerExp(loc, sym->defaultval, this); | |
| 4089 return e; | |
| 4090 } | |
| 4091 | |
| 4092 int TypeEnum::isZeroInit() | |
| 4093 { | |
| 4094 return (sym->defaultval == 0); | |
| 4095 } | |
| 4096 | |
| 4097 int TypeEnum::hasPointers() | |
| 4098 { | |
| 4099 return toBasetype()->hasPointers(); | |
| 4100 } | |
| 4101 | |
| 4102 /***************************** TypeTypedef *****************************/ | |
| 4103 | |
| 4104 TypeTypedef::TypeTypedef(TypedefDeclaration *sym) | |
| 4105 : Type(Ttypedef, NULL) | |
| 4106 { | |
| 4107 this->sym = sym; | |
| 4108 } | |
| 4109 | |
| 4110 Type *TypeTypedef::syntaxCopy() | |
| 4111 { | |
| 4112 return this; | |
| 4113 } | |
| 4114 | |
| 4115 char *TypeTypedef::toChars() | |
| 4116 { | |
| 4117 return sym->toChars(); | |
| 4118 } | |
| 4119 | |
| 4120 Type *TypeTypedef::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 4121 { | |
| 4122 //printf("TypeTypedef::semantic(%s), sem = %d\n", toChars(), sym->sem); | |
| 4123 sym->semantic(sc); | |
| 4124 return merge(); | |
| 4125 } | |
| 4126 | |
| 4127 d_uns64 TypeTypedef::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4128 { | |
| 4129 return sym->basetype->size(loc); | |
| 4130 } | |
| 4131 | |
| 4132 unsigned TypeTypedef::alignsize() | |
| 4133 { | |
| 4134 return sym->basetype->alignsize(); | |
| 4135 } | |
| 4136 | |
| 4137 Dsymbol *TypeTypedef::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4138 { | |
| 4139 return sym; | |
| 4140 } | |
| 4141 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4142 void TypeTypedef::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 4143 { unsigned len; |
| 4144 char *name; | |
| 4145 | |
| 4146 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4147 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4148 // name += 2; | |
| 4149 //len = strlen(name); | |
| 4150 //buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 4151 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4152 } | |
| 4153 | |
| 4154 void TypeTypedef::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4155 { | |
| 4156 //printf("TypeTypedef::toCBuffer2() '%s'\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4157 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4158 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4159 return; | |
| 4160 } | |
| 4161 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4162 } | |
| 4163 | |
| 4164 Expression *TypeTypedef::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4165 { | |
| 4166 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4167 printf("TypeTypedef::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s') '%s'\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 4168 #endif | |
| 4169 if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 4170 { | |
| 4171 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4172 } | |
| 4173 return sym->basetype->dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4174 } | |
| 4175 | |
| 4176 Expression *TypeTypedef::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4177 { | |
| 4178 if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 4179 { | |
| 4180 return Type::getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 4181 } | |
| 4182 return sym->basetype->getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 4183 } | |
| 4184 | |
| 4185 int TypeTypedef::isbit() | |
| 4186 { | |
| 4187 return sym->basetype->isbit(); | |
| 4188 } | |
| 4189 | |
| 4190 int TypeTypedef::isintegral() | |
| 4191 { | |
| 4192 //printf("TypeTypedef::isintegral()\n"); | |
| 4193 //printf("sym = '%s'\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4194 //printf("basetype = '%s'\n", sym->basetype->toChars()); | |
| 4195 return sym->basetype->isintegral(); | |
| 4196 } | |
| 4197 | |
| 4198 int TypeTypedef::isfloating() | |
| 4199 { | |
| 4200 return sym->basetype->isfloating(); | |
| 4201 } | |
| 4202 | |
| 4203 int TypeTypedef::isreal() | |
| 4204 { | |
| 4205 return sym->basetype->isreal(); | |
| 4206 } | |
| 4207 | |
| 4208 int TypeTypedef::isimaginary() | |
| 4209 { | |
| 4210 return sym->basetype->isimaginary(); | |
| 4211 } | |
| 4212 | |
| 4213 int TypeTypedef::iscomplex() | |
| 4214 { | |
| 4215 return sym->basetype->iscomplex(); | |
| 4216 } | |
| 4217 | |
| 4218 int TypeTypedef::isunsigned() | |
| 4219 { | |
| 4220 return sym->basetype->isunsigned(); | |
| 4221 } | |
| 4222 | |
| 4223 int TypeTypedef::isscalar() | |
| 4224 { | |
| 4225 return sym->basetype->isscalar(); | |
| 4226 } | |
| 4227 | |
| 4228 int TypeTypedef::checkBoolean() | |
| 4229 { | |
| 4230 return sym->basetype->checkBoolean(); | |
| 4231 } | |
| 4232 | |
| 4233 Type *TypeTypedef::toBasetype() | |
| 4234 { | |
| 4235 if (sym->inuse) | |
| 4236 { | |
| 4237 sym->error("circular definition"); | |
| 4238 sym->basetype = Type::terror; | |
| 4239 return Type::terror; | |
| 4240 } | |
| 4241 sym->inuse = 1; | |
| 4242 Type *t = sym->basetype->toBasetype(); | |
| 4243 sym->inuse = 0; | |
| 4244 return t; | |
| 4245 } | |
| 4246 | |
| 4247 MATCH TypeTypedef::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 4248 { MATCH m; | |
| 4249 | |
| 4250 //printf("TypeTypedef::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 4251 if (this->equals(to)) | |
| 4252 m = MATCHexact; // exact match | |
| 4253 else if (sym->basetype->implicitConvTo(to)) | |
| 4254 m = MATCHconvert; // match with conversions | |
| 4255 else | |
| 4256 m = MATCHnomatch; // no match | |
| 4257 return m; | |
| 4258 } | |
| 4259 | |
| 4260 Expression *TypeTypedef::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 4261 { Expression *e; | |
| 4262 Type *bt; | |
| 4263 | |
| 4264 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 4265 printf("TypeTypedef::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4266 #endif | |
| 4267 if (sym->init) | |
| 4268 { | |
| 4269 //sym->init->toExpression()->print(); | |
| 4270 return sym->init->toExpression(); | |
| 4271 } | |
| 4272 bt = sym->basetype; | |
| 4273 e = bt->defaultInit(loc); | |
| 4274 e->type = this; | |
| 4275 while (bt->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 4276 { | |
| 4277 e->type = bt->next; | |
| 4278 bt = bt->next->toBasetype(); | |
| 4279 } | |
| 4280 return e; | |
| 4281 } | |
| 4282 | |
| 4283 int TypeTypedef::isZeroInit() | |
| 4284 { | |
| 4285 if (sym->init) | |
| 4286 { | |
| 4287 if (sym->init->isVoidInitializer()) | |
| 4288 return 1; // initialize voids to 0 | |
| 4289 Expression *e = sym->init->toExpression(); | |
| 4290 if (e && e->isBool(FALSE)) | |
| 4291 return 1; | |
| 4292 return 0; // assume not | |
| 4293 } | |
| 4294 if (sym->inuse) | |
| 4295 { | |
| 4296 sym->error("circular definition"); | |
| 4297 sym->basetype = Type::terror; | |
| 4298 } | |
| 4299 sym->inuse = 1; | |
| 4300 int result = sym->basetype->isZeroInit(); | |
| 4301 sym->inuse = 0; | |
| 4302 return result; | |
| 4303 } | |
| 4304 | |
| 4305 int TypeTypedef::hasPointers() | |
| 4306 { | |
| 4307 return toBasetype()->hasPointers(); | |
| 4308 } | |
| 4309 | |
| 4310 /***************************** TypeStruct *****************************/ | |
| 4311 | |
| 4312 TypeStruct::TypeStruct(StructDeclaration *sym) | |
| 4313 : Type(Tstruct, NULL) | |
| 4314 { | |
| 4315 this->sym = sym; | |
|
1029
4d366a75d95f
Added hasUnalignedFields helper to check if a type has unaligned fields - as per request from fvbommel. Result is cached in TypeStruct.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1024
diff
changeset
|
4316 |
|
4d366a75d95f
Added hasUnalignedFields helper to check if a type has unaligned fields - as per request from fvbommel. Result is cached in TypeStruct.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1024
diff
changeset
|
4317 // LDC |
|
4d366a75d95f
Added hasUnalignedFields helper to check if a type has unaligned fields - as per request from fvbommel. Result is cached in TypeStruct.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1024
diff
changeset
|
4318 this->unaligned = 0; |
| 159 | 4319 } |
| 4320 | |
| 4321 char *TypeStruct::toChars() | |
| 4322 { | |
| 4323 //printf("sym.parent: %s, deco = %s\n", sym->parent->toChars(), deco); | |
| 4324 TemplateInstance *ti = sym->parent->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4325 if (ti && ti->toAlias() == sym) | |
| 4326 return ti->toChars(); | |
| 4327 return sym->toChars(); | |
| 4328 } | |
| 4329 | |
| 4330 Type *TypeStruct::syntaxCopy() | |
| 4331 { | |
| 4332 return this; | |
| 4333 } | |
| 4334 | |
| 4335 Type *TypeStruct::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 4336 { | |
| 4337 //printf("TypeStruct::semantic('%s')\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4338 | |
| 4339 /* Cannot do semantic for sym because scope chain may not | |
| 4340 * be right. | |
| 4341 */ | |
| 4342 //sym->semantic(sc); | |
| 4343 | |
| 4344 return merge(); | |
| 4345 } | |
| 4346 | |
| 4347 d_uns64 TypeStruct::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4348 { | |
| 4349 return sym->size(loc); | |
| 4350 } | |
| 4351 | |
| 4352 unsigned TypeStruct::alignsize() | |
| 4353 { unsigned sz; | |
| 4354 | |
| 4355 sym->size(0); // give error for forward references | |
| 4356 sz = sym->alignsize; | |
| 4357 if (sz > sym->structalign) | |
| 4358 sz = sym->structalign; | |
| 4359 return sz; | |
| 4360 } | |
| 4361 | |
| 4362 Dsymbol *TypeStruct::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4363 { | |
| 4364 return sym; | |
| 4365 } | |
| 4366 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4367 void TypeStruct::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 4368 { unsigned len; |
| 4369 char *name; | |
| 4370 | |
| 4371 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4372 //printf("TypeStruct::toDecoBuffer('%s') = '%s'\n", toChars(), name); | |
| 4373 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4374 // name += 2; | |
| 4375 //len = strlen(name); | |
| 4376 //buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 4377 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4378 } | |
| 4379 | |
| 4380 void TypeStruct::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4381 { | |
| 4382 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4383 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4384 return; | |
| 4385 } | |
| 4386 TemplateInstance *ti = sym->parent->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4387 if (ti && ti->toAlias() == sym) | |
| 4388 buf->writestring(ti->toChars()); | |
| 4389 else | |
| 4390 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4391 } | |
| 4392 | |
| 4393 Expression *TypeStruct::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4394 { unsigned offset; | |
| 4395 | |
| 4396 Expression *b; | |
| 4397 VarDeclaration *v; | |
| 4398 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 4399 DotVarExp *de; | |
| 4400 Declaration *d; | |
| 4401 | |
| 4402 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4403 printf("TypeStruct::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4404 #endif | |
| 4405 if (!sym->members) | |
| 4406 { | |
| 4407 error(e->loc, "struct %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4408 return new IntegerExp(e->loc, 0, Type::tint32); | |
| 4409 } | |
| 4410 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4411 /* If e.tupleof |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4412 */ |
| 159 | 4413 if (ident == Id::tupleof) |
| 4414 { | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4415 /* Create a TupleExp out of the fields of the struct e: |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4416 * (e.field0, e.field1, e.field2, ...) |
| 159 | 4417 */ |
| 336 | 4418 e = e->semantic(sc); // do this before turning on noaccesscheck |
| 159 | 4419 Expressions *exps = new Expressions; |
| 4420 exps->reserve(sym->fields.dim); | |
| 4421 for (size_t i = 0; i < sym->fields.dim; i++) | |
| 4422 { VarDeclaration *v = (VarDeclaration *)sym->fields.data[i]; | |
| 4423 Expression *fe = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, v); | |
| 4424 exps->push(fe); | |
| 4425 } | |
| 4426 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, exps); | |
| 336 | 4427 sc = sc->push(); |
| 4428 sc->noaccesscheck = 1; | |
| 159 | 4429 e = e->semantic(sc); |
| 336 | 4430 sc->pop(); |
| 159 | 4431 return e; |
| 4432 } | |
| 4433 | |
| 4434 if (e->op == TOKdotexp) | |
| 4435 { DotExp *de = (DotExp *)e; | |
| 4436 | |
| 4437 if (de->e1->op == TOKimport) | |
| 4438 { | |
| 4439 ScopeExp *se = (ScopeExp *)de->e1; | |
| 4440 | |
| 4441 s = se->sds->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4442 e = de->e1; | |
| 4443 goto L1; | |
| 4444 } | |
| 4445 } | |
| 4446 | |
| 4447 s = sym->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4448 L1: | |
| 4449 if (!s) | |
| 4450 { | |
| 4451 //return getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 4452 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4453 } | |
| 336 | 4454 if (!s->isFuncDeclaration()) // because of overloading |
| 4455 s->checkDeprecated(e->loc, sc); | |
| 159 | 4456 s = s->toAlias(); |
| 4457 | |
| 4458 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
|
717
a26b0c5d5942
Merged DMD 1.036.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
715
diff
changeset
|
4459 if (v && v->isConst() && v->type->toBasetype()->ty != Tsarray) |
| 159 | 4460 { ExpInitializer *ei = v->getExpInitializer(); |
| 4461 | |
| 4462 if (ei) | |
| 4463 { e = ei->exp->copy(); // need to copy it if it's a StringExp | |
| 4464 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4465 return e; | |
| 4466 } | |
| 4467 } | |
| 4468 | |
| 4469 if (s->getType()) | |
| 4470 { | |
| 4471 //return new DotTypeExp(e->loc, e, s); | |
| 4472 return new TypeExp(e->loc, s->getType()); | |
| 4473 } | |
| 4474 | |
| 4475 EnumMember *em = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 4476 if (em) | |
| 4477 { | |
| 4478 assert(em->value); | |
| 4479 return em->value->copy(); | |
| 4480 } | |
| 4481 | |
| 4482 TemplateMixin *tm = s->isTemplateMixin(); | |
| 4483 if (tm) | |
| 4484 { Expression *de; | |
| 4485 | |
| 4486 de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, tm)); | |
| 4487 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4488 return de; | |
| 4489 } | |
| 4490 | |
| 4491 TemplateDeclaration *td = s->isTemplateDeclaration(); | |
| 4492 if (td) | |
| 4493 { | |
| 4494 e = new DotTemplateExp(e->loc, e, td); | |
| 4495 e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4496 return e; | |
| 4497 } | |
| 4498 | |
| 4499 TemplateInstance *ti = s->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4500 if (ti) | |
| 4501 { if (!ti->semanticdone) | |
| 4502 ti->semantic(sc); | |
| 4503 s = ti->inst->toAlias(); | |
| 4504 if (!s->isTemplateInstance()) | |
| 4505 goto L1; | |
| 4506 Expression *de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, ti)); | |
| 4507 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4508 return de; | |
| 4509 } | |
| 4510 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4511 Import *timp = s->isImport(); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4512 if (timp) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4513 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4514 e = new DsymbolExp(e->loc, s); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4515 e = e->semantic(sc); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4516 return e; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4517 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4518 |
| 159 | 4519 d = s->isDeclaration(); |
| 4520 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 4521 if (!d) | |
| 4522 printf("d = %s '%s'\n", s->kind(), s->toChars()); | |
| 4523 #endif | |
| 4524 assert(d); | |
| 4525 | |
| 4526 if (e->op == TOKtype) | |
| 4527 { FuncDeclaration *fd = sc->func; | |
| 4528 | |
| 4529 if (d->needThis() && fd && fd->vthis) | |
| 4530 { | |
| 4531 e = new DotVarExp(e->loc, new ThisExp(e->loc), d); | |
| 4532 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4533 return e; | |
| 4534 } | |
| 4535 if (d->isTupleDeclaration()) | |
| 4536 { | |
| 4537 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, d->isTupleDeclaration()); | |
| 4538 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4539 return e; | |
| 4540 } | |
| 4541 return new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4542 } | |
| 4543 | |
| 4544 if (d->isDataseg()) | |
| 4545 { | |
| 4546 // (e, d) | |
| 4547 VarExp *ve; | |
| 4548 | |
| 4549 accessCheck(e->loc, sc, e, d); | |
| 4550 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4551 e = new CommaExp(e->loc, e, ve); | |
| 4552 e->type = d->type; | |
| 4553 return e; | |
| 4554 } | |
| 4555 | |
| 4556 if (v) | |
| 4557 { | |
| 4558 if (v->toParent() != sym) | |
| 4559 sym->error(e->loc, "'%s' is not a member", v->toChars()); | |
| 4560 | |
| 4561 // *(&e + offset) | |
| 4562 accessCheck(e->loc, sc, e, d); | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4563 #if 0 |
| 159 | 4564 b = new AddrExp(e->loc, e); |
| 4565 b->type = e->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 4566 b = new AddExp(e->loc, b, new IntegerExp(e->loc, v->offset, Type::tint32)); | |
| 4567 b->type = v->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 4568 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, b); | |
| 4569 e->type = v->type; | |
| 4570 return e; | |
|
585
fbb1a366cfbc
Complex number should now follow the D ABI on x86. They're also treated as first class values now. Big change.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
509
diff
changeset
|
4571 #endif |
| 159 | 4572 } |
| 4573 | |
| 4574 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, d); | |
| 4575 return de->semantic(sc); | |
| 4576 } | |
| 4577 | |
| 4578 unsigned TypeStruct::memalign(unsigned salign) | |
| 4579 { | |
| 4580 sym->size(0); // give error for forward references | |
| 4581 return sym->structalign; | |
| 4582 } | |
| 4583 | |
| 4584 Expression *TypeStruct::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
|
913
29c0d1194033
Fix #198 and #199 by making CTFE on static struct initializers work.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
900
diff
changeset
|
4585 { Declaration *d; |
| 159 | 4586 |
| 4587 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 4588 printf("TypeStruct::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4589 #endif | |
|
913
29c0d1194033
Fix #198 and #199 by making CTFE on static struct initializers work.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
900
diff
changeset
|
4590 d = new StaticStructInitDeclaration(sym->loc, sym); |
| 159 | 4591 assert(d); |
| 4592 d->type = this; | |
| 4593 return new VarExp(sym->loc, d); | |
| 4594 } | |
| 4595 | |
| 4596 int TypeStruct::isZeroInit() | |
| 4597 { | |
| 4598 return sym->zeroInit; | |
| 4599 } | |
| 4600 | |
| 4601 int TypeStruct::checkBoolean() | |
| 4602 { | |
| 4603 return FALSE; | |
| 4604 } | |
| 4605 | |
| 4606 int TypeStruct::hasPointers() | |
| 4607 { | |
| 4608 StructDeclaration *s = sym; | |
| 4609 | |
| 4610 sym->size(0); // give error for forward references | |
| 4611 if (s->members) | |
| 4612 { | |
| 4613 for (size_t i = 0; i < s->members->dim; i++) | |
| 4614 { | |
| 4615 Dsymbol *sm = (Dsymbol *)s->members->data[i]; | |
| 4616 if (sm->hasPointers()) | |
| 4617 return TRUE; | |
| 4618 } | |
| 4619 } | |
| 4620 return FALSE; | |
| 4621 } | |
| 4622 | |
| 4623 | |
| 4624 /***************************** TypeClass *****************************/ | |
| 4625 | |
| 4626 TypeClass::TypeClass(ClassDeclaration *sym) | |
| 4627 : Type(Tclass, NULL) | |
| 4628 { | |
| 4629 this->sym = sym; | |
| 4630 } | |
| 4631 | |
| 4632 char *TypeClass::toChars() | |
| 4633 { | |
| 4634 return sym->toPrettyChars(); | |
| 4635 } | |
| 4636 | |
| 4637 Type *TypeClass::syntaxCopy() | |
| 4638 { | |
| 4639 return this; | |
| 4640 } | |
| 4641 | |
| 4642 Type *TypeClass::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 4643 { | |
| 4644 //printf("TypeClass::semantic(%s)\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4645 if (sym->scope) | |
| 4646 sym->semantic(sym->scope); | |
| 4647 return merge(); | |
| 4648 } | |
| 4649 | |
| 4650 d_uns64 TypeClass::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4651 { | |
| 4652 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 4653 } | |
| 4654 | |
| 4655 Dsymbol *TypeClass::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4656 { | |
| 4657 return sym; | |
| 4658 } | |
| 4659 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4660 void TypeClass::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 4661 { unsigned len; |
| 4662 char *name; | |
| 4663 | |
| 4664 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4665 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4666 // name += 2; | |
| 4667 //printf("TypeClass::toDecoBuffer('%s') = '%s'\n", toChars(), name); | |
| 4668 //len = strlen(name); | |
| 4669 //buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 4670 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4671 } | |
| 4672 | |
| 4673 void TypeClass::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4674 { | |
| 4675 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4676 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4677 return; | |
| 4678 } | |
| 4679 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4680 } | |
| 4681 | |
| 4682 Expression *TypeClass::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4683 { unsigned offset; | |
| 4684 | |
| 4685 Expression *b; | |
| 4686 VarDeclaration *v; | |
| 4687 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 4688 DotVarExp *de; | |
| 4689 Declaration *d; | |
| 4690 | |
| 4691 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4692 printf("TypeClass::dotExp(e='%s', ident='%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4693 #endif | |
| 4694 | |
| 4695 if (e->op == TOKdotexp) | |
| 4696 { DotExp *de = (DotExp *)e; | |
| 4697 | |
| 4698 if (de->e1->op == TOKimport) | |
| 4699 { | |
| 4700 ScopeExp *se = (ScopeExp *)de->e1; | |
| 4701 | |
| 4702 s = se->sds->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4703 e = de->e1; | |
| 4704 goto L1; | |
| 4705 } | |
| 4706 } | |
| 4707 | |
| 4708 if (ident == Id::tupleof) | |
| 4709 { | |
| 4710 /* Create a TupleExp | |
| 4711 */ | |
| 336 | 4712 e = e->semantic(sc); // do this before turning on noaccesscheck |
| 159 | 4713 Expressions *exps = new Expressions; |
| 4714 exps->reserve(sym->fields.dim); | |
| 4715 for (size_t i = 0; i < sym->fields.dim; i++) | |
| 4716 { VarDeclaration *v = (VarDeclaration *)sym->fields.data[i]; | |
| 4717 Expression *fe = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, v); | |
| 4718 exps->push(fe); | |
| 4719 } | |
| 4720 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, exps); | |
| 336 | 4721 sc = sc->push(); |
| 4722 sc->noaccesscheck = 1; | |
| 159 | 4723 e = e->semantic(sc); |
| 336 | 4724 sc->pop(); |
| 159 | 4725 return e; |
| 4726 } | |
| 4727 | |
| 4728 s = sym->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4729 L1: | |
| 4730 if (!s) | |
| 4731 { | |
| 4732 // See if it's a base class | |
| 4733 ClassDeclaration *cbase; | |
| 4734 for (cbase = sym->baseClass; cbase; cbase = cbase->baseClass) | |
| 4735 { | |
| 4736 if (cbase->ident->equals(ident)) | |
| 4737 { | |
| 4738 e = new DotTypeExp(0, e, cbase); | |
| 4739 return e; | |
| 4740 } | |
| 4741 } | |
| 4742 | |
| 4743 if (ident == Id::classinfo) | |
| 4744 { | |
| 4745 Type *t; | |
| 4746 | |
| 4747 assert(ClassDeclaration::classinfo); | |
| 4748 t = ClassDeclaration::classinfo->type; | |
| 4749 if (e->op == TOKtype || e->op == TOKdottype) | |
| 4750 { | |
| 4751 /* For type.classinfo, we know the classinfo | |
| 4752 * at compile time. | |
| 4753 */ | |
| 4754 if (!sym->vclassinfo) | |
| 4755 sym->vclassinfo = new ClassInfoDeclaration(sym); | |
| 4756 e = new VarExp(e->loc, sym->vclassinfo); | |
| 4757 e = e->addressOf(sc); | |
| 4758 e->type = t; // do this so we don't get redundant dereference | |
| 4759 } | |
| 4760 else | |
| 4761 { | |
| 4762 /* For class objects, the classinfo reference is the first | |
| 4763 * entry in the vtbl[] | |
| 4764 */ | |
| 4765 #if IN_LLVM | |
| 4766 | |
| 4767 Type* ct; | |
| 4768 if (sym->isInterfaceDeclaration()) { | |
| 4769 ct = t->pointerTo()->pointerTo()->pointerTo(); | |
| 4770 } | |
| 4771 else { | |
| 4772 ct = t->pointerTo()->pointerTo(); | |
| 4773 } | |
| 4774 | |
| 4775 e = e->castTo(sc, ct); | |
| 4776 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4777 e->type = ct->next; | |
| 4778 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4779 e->type = ct->next->next; | |
| 4780 | |
| 4781 if (sym->isInterfaceDeclaration()) | |
| 4782 { | |
| 4783 if (sym->isCOMinterface()) | |
| 4784 { /* COM interface vtbl[]s are different in that the | |
| 4785 * first entry is always pointer to QueryInterface(). | |
| 4786 * We can't get a .classinfo for it. | |
| 4787 */ | |
| 4788 error(e->loc, "no .classinfo for COM interface objects"); | |
| 4789 } | |
| 4790 /* For an interface, the first entry in the vtbl[] | |
| 4791 * is actually a pointer to an instance of struct Interface. | |
| 4792 * The first member of Interface is the .classinfo, | |
| 4793 * so add an extra pointer indirection. | |
| 4794 */ | |
| 4795 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4796 e->type = ct->next->next->next; | |
| 4797 } | |
| 336 | 4798 } |
| 159 | 4799 |
| 4800 #else | |
| 4801 | |
| 4802 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4803 e->type = t->pointerTo(); | |
| 4804 if (sym->isInterfaceDeclaration()) | |
| 4805 { | |
| 4806 if (sym->isCOMinterface()) | |
| 4807 { /* COM interface vtbl[]s are different in that the | |
| 4808 * first entry is always pointer to QueryInterface(). | |
| 4809 * We can't get a .classinfo for it. | |
| 4810 */ | |
| 4811 error(e->loc, "no .classinfo for COM interface objects"); | |
| 4812 } | |
| 4813 /* For an interface, the first entry in the vtbl[] | |
| 4814 * is actually a pointer to an instance of struct Interface. | |
| 4815 * The first member of Interface is the .classinfo, | |
| 4816 * so add an extra pointer indirection. | |
| 4817 */ | |
| 4818 e->type = e->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 4819 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4820 e->type = t->pointerTo(); | |
| 4821 } | |
| 4822 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e, t); | |
| 336 | 4823 } |
| 4824 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
4825 #endif // !LDC |
| 336 | 4826 |
| 4827 return e; | |
| 4828 } | |
| 4829 | |
| 4830 if (ident == Id::__vptr) | |
| 4831 { /* The pointer to the vtbl[] | |
| 4832 * *cast(void***)e | |
| 4833 */ | |
| 4834 e = e->castTo(sc, tvoidptr->pointerTo()->pointerTo()); | |
| 4835 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4836 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4837 return e; | |
| 4838 } | |
| 4839 | |
| 4840 if (ident == Id::__monitor) | |
| 4841 { /* The handle to the monitor (call it a void*) | |
| 4842 * *(cast(void**)e + 1) | |
| 4843 */ | |
| 4844 e = e->castTo(sc, tvoidptr->pointerTo()); | |
| 4845 e = new AddExp(e->loc, e, new IntegerExp(1)); | |
| 4846 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4847 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 159 | 4848 return e; |
| 4849 } | |
| 4850 | |
| 4851 if (ident == Id::typeinfo) | |
| 4852 { | |
| 4853 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 4854 error(e->loc, ".typeinfo deprecated, use typeid(type)"); | |
| 4855 return getTypeInfo(sc); | |
| 4856 } | |
| 4857 if (ident == Id::outer && sym->vthis) | |
| 4858 { | |
| 4859 s = sym->vthis; | |
| 4860 } | |
| 4861 else | |
| 4862 { | |
| 4863 //return getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 4864 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4865 } | |
| 4866 } | |
| 336 | 4867 if (!s->isFuncDeclaration()) // because of overloading |
| 4868 s->checkDeprecated(e->loc, sc); | |
| 159 | 4869 s = s->toAlias(); |
| 4870 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
|
717
a26b0c5d5942
Merged DMD 1.036.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
715
diff
changeset
|
4871 if (v && v->isConst() && v->type->toBasetype()->ty != Tsarray) |
| 159 | 4872 { ExpInitializer *ei = v->getExpInitializer(); |
| 4873 | |
| 4874 if (ei) | |
| 4875 { e = ei->exp->copy(); // need to copy it if it's a StringExp | |
| 4876 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4877 return e; | |
| 4878 } | |
| 4879 } | |
| 4880 | |
| 4881 if (s->getType()) | |
| 4882 { | |
| 4883 // if (e->op == TOKtype) | |
| 4884 return new TypeExp(e->loc, s->getType()); | |
| 4885 // return new DotTypeExp(e->loc, e, s); | |
| 4886 } | |
| 4887 | |
| 4888 EnumMember *em = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 4889 if (em) | |
| 4890 { | |
| 4891 assert(em->value); | |
| 4892 return em->value->copy(); | |
| 4893 } | |
| 4894 | |
| 4895 TemplateMixin *tm = s->isTemplateMixin(); | |
| 4896 if (tm) | |
| 4897 { Expression *de; | |
| 4898 | |
| 4899 de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, tm)); | |
| 4900 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4901 return de; | |
| 4902 } | |
| 4903 | |
| 4904 TemplateDeclaration *td = s->isTemplateDeclaration(); | |
| 4905 if (td) | |
| 4906 { | |
| 4907 e = new DotTemplateExp(e->loc, e, td); | |
| 4908 e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4909 return e; | |
| 4910 } | |
| 4911 | |
| 4912 TemplateInstance *ti = s->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4913 if (ti) | |
| 4914 { if (!ti->semanticdone) | |
| 4915 ti->semantic(sc); | |
| 4916 s = ti->inst->toAlias(); | |
| 4917 if (!s->isTemplateInstance()) | |
| 4918 goto L1; | |
| 4919 Expression *de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, ti)); | |
| 4920 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4921 return de; | |
| 4922 } | |
| 4923 | |
| 4924 d = s->isDeclaration(); | |
| 4925 if (!d) | |
| 4926 { | |
| 4927 e->error("%s.%s is not a declaration", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4928 return new IntegerExp(e->loc, 1, Type::tint32); | |
| 4929 } | |
| 4930 | |
| 4931 if (e->op == TOKtype) | |
| 4932 { | |
| 4933 VarExp *ve; | |
| 4934 | |
| 4935 if (d->needThis() && (hasThis(sc) || !d->isFuncDeclaration())) | |
| 4936 { | |
| 4937 if (sc->func) | |
| 4938 { | |
| 4939 ClassDeclaration *thiscd; | |
| 4940 thiscd = sc->func->toParent()->isClassDeclaration(); | |
| 4941 | |
| 4942 if (thiscd) | |
| 4943 { | |
| 4944 ClassDeclaration *cd = e->type->isClassHandle(); | |
| 4945 | |
| 4946 if (cd == thiscd) | |
| 4947 { | |
| 4948 e = new ThisExp(e->loc); | |
| 4949 e = new DotTypeExp(e->loc, e, cd); | |
| 4950 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, d); | |
| 4951 e = de->semantic(sc); | |
| 4952 return e; | |
| 4953 } | |
| 4954 else if ((!cd || !cd->isBaseOf(thiscd, NULL)) && | |
| 4955 !d->isFuncDeclaration()) | |
| 4956 e->error("'this' is required, but %s is not a base class of %s", e->type->toChars(), thiscd->toChars()); | |
| 4957 } | |
| 4958 } | |
| 4959 | |
| 4960 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, new ThisExp(e->loc), d); | |
| 4961 e = de->semantic(sc); | |
| 4962 return e; | |
| 4963 } | |
| 4964 else if (d->isTupleDeclaration()) | |
| 4965 { | |
| 4966 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, d->isTupleDeclaration()); | |
| 4967 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4968 return e; | |
| 4969 } | |
| 4970 else | |
| 4971 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4972 return ve; | |
| 4973 } | |
| 4974 | |
| 4975 if (d->isDataseg()) | |
| 4976 { | |
| 4977 // (e, d) | |
| 4978 VarExp *ve; | |
| 4979 | |
| 4980 accessCheck(e->loc, sc, e, d); | |
| 4981 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4982 e = new CommaExp(e->loc, e, ve); | |
| 4983 e->type = d->type; | |
| 4984 return e; | |
| 4985 } | |
| 4986 | |
| 4987 if (d->parent && d->toParent()->isModule()) | |
| 4988 { | |
| 4989 // (e, d) | |
| 4990 VarExp *ve; | |
| 4991 | |
| 4992 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4993 e = new CommaExp(e->loc, e, ve); | |
| 4994 e->type = d->type; | |
| 4995 return e; | |
| 4996 } | |
| 4997 | |
| 4998 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, d); | |
| 4999 return de->semantic(sc); | |
| 5000 } | |
| 5001 | |
| 5002 ClassDeclaration *TypeClass::isClassHandle() | |
| 5003 { | |
| 5004 return sym; | |
| 5005 } | |
| 5006 | |
| 5007 int TypeClass::isauto() | |
| 5008 { | |
| 5009 return sym->isauto; | |
| 5010 } | |
| 5011 | |
| 5012 int TypeClass::isBaseOf(Type *t, int *poffset) | |
| 5013 { | |
| 5014 if (t->ty == Tclass) | |
| 5015 { ClassDeclaration *cd; | |
| 5016 | |
| 5017 cd = ((TypeClass *)t)->sym; | |
| 5018 if (sym->isBaseOf(cd, poffset)) | |
| 5019 return 1; | |
| 5020 } | |
| 5021 return 0; | |
| 5022 } | |
| 5023 | |
| 5024 MATCH TypeClass::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 5025 { | |
| 5026 //printf("TypeClass::implicitConvTo('%s')\n", to->toChars()); | |
| 5027 if (this == to) | |
| 5028 return MATCHexact; | |
| 5029 | |
| 5030 ClassDeclaration *cdto = to->isClassHandle(); | |
| 5031 if (cdto && cdto->isBaseOf(sym, NULL)) | |
| 5032 { //printf("is base\n"); | |
| 5033 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 5034 } | |
| 5035 | |
| 5036 if (global.params.Dversion == 1) | |
| 5037 { | |
| 5038 // Allow conversion to (void *) | |
| 5039 if (to->ty == Tpointer && to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 5040 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 5041 } | |
| 5042 | |
| 5043 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 5044 } | |
| 5045 | |
| 5046 Expression *TypeClass::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 5047 { | |
| 5048 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 5049 printf("TypeClass::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 5050 #endif | |
| 5051 Expression *e; | |
| 5052 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 5053 e->type = this; | |
| 5054 return e; | |
| 5055 } | |
| 5056 | |
| 5057 int TypeClass::isZeroInit() | |
| 5058 { | |
| 5059 return 1; | |
| 5060 } | |
| 5061 | |
| 5062 int TypeClass::checkBoolean() | |
| 5063 { | |
| 5064 return TRUE; | |
| 5065 } | |
| 5066 | |
| 5067 int TypeClass::hasPointers() | |
| 5068 { | |
| 5069 return TRUE; | |
| 5070 } | |
| 5071 | |
| 5072 /***************************** TypeTuple *****************************/ | |
| 5073 | |
| 5074 TypeTuple::TypeTuple(Arguments *arguments) | |
| 5075 : Type(Ttuple, NULL) | |
| 5076 { | |
| 5077 //printf("TypeTuple(this = %p)\n", this); | |
| 5078 this->arguments = arguments; | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
5079 //printf("TypeTuple() %s\n", toChars()); |
| 159 | 5080 #ifdef DEBUG |
| 5081 if (arguments) | |
| 5082 { | |
| 5083 for (size_t i = 0; i < arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5084 { | |
| 5085 Argument *arg = (Argument *)arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5086 assert(arg && arg->type); | |
| 5087 } | |
| 5088 } | |
| 5089 #endif | |
| 5090 } | |
| 5091 | |
| 5092 /**************** | |
| 5093 * Form TypeTuple from the types of the expressions. | |
| 5094 * Assume exps[] is already tuple expanded. | |
| 5095 */ | |
| 5096 | |
| 5097 TypeTuple::TypeTuple(Expressions *exps) | |
| 5098 : Type(Ttuple, NULL) | |
| 5099 { | |
| 5100 Arguments *arguments = new Arguments; | |
| 5101 if (exps) | |
| 5102 { | |
| 5103 arguments->setDim(exps->dim); | |
| 5104 for (size_t i = 0; i < exps->dim; i++) | |
| 5105 { Expression *e = (Expression *)exps->data[i]; | |
| 5106 if (e->type->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5107 e->error("cannot form tuple of tuples"); | |
| 5108 Argument *arg = new Argument(STCin, e->type, NULL, NULL); | |
| 5109 arguments->data[i] = (void *)arg; | |
| 5110 } | |
| 5111 } | |
| 5112 this->arguments = arguments; | |
| 5113 } | |
| 5114 | |
| 5115 Type *TypeTuple::syntaxCopy() | |
| 5116 { | |
| 5117 Arguments *args = Argument::arraySyntaxCopy(arguments); | |
| 5118 Type *t = new TypeTuple(args); | |
| 5119 return t; | |
| 5120 } | |
| 5121 | |
| 5122 Type *TypeTuple::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 5123 { | |
| 5124 //printf("TypeTuple::semantic(this = %p)\n", this); | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
5125 //printf("TypeTuple::semantic() %s\n", toChars()); |
| 159 | 5126 if (!deco) |
| 5127 deco = merge()->deco; | |
| 5128 | |
| 5129 /* Don't return merge(), because a tuple with one type has the | |
| 5130 * same deco as that type. | |
| 5131 */ | |
| 5132 return this; | |
| 5133 } | |
| 5134 | |
| 5135 int TypeTuple::equals(Object *o) | |
| 5136 { Type *t; | |
| 5137 | |
| 5138 t = (Type *)o; | |
| 5139 //printf("TypeTuple::equals(%s, %s)\n", toChars(), t->toChars()); | |
| 5140 if (this == t) | |
| 5141 { | |
| 5142 return 1; | |
| 5143 } | |
| 5144 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5145 { TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)t; | |
| 5146 | |
| 5147 if (arguments->dim == tt->arguments->dim) | |
| 5148 { | |
| 5149 for (size_t i = 0; i < tt->arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5150 { Argument *arg1 = (Argument *)arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5151 Argument *arg2 = (Argument *)tt->arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5152 | |
| 5153 if (!arg1->type->equals(arg2->type)) | |
| 5154 return 0; | |
| 5155 } | |
| 5156 return 1; | |
| 5157 } | |
| 5158 } | |
| 5159 return 0; | |
| 5160 } | |
| 5161 | |
| 5162 Type *TypeTuple::reliesOnTident() | |
| 5163 { | |
| 5164 if (arguments) | |
| 5165 { | |
| 5166 for (size_t i = 0; i < arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5167 { | |
| 5168 Argument *arg = (Argument *)arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5169 Type *t = arg->type->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 5170 if (t) | |
| 5171 return t; | |
| 5172 } | |
| 5173 } | |
| 5174 return NULL; | |
| 5175 } | |
| 5176 | |
| 5177 void TypeTuple::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 5178 { | |
| 5179 Argument::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, arguments, 0); | |
| 5180 } | |
| 5181 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
5182 void TypeTuple::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 5183 { |
| 5184 //printf("TypeTuple::toDecoBuffer() this = %p\n", this); | |
| 5185 OutBuffer buf2; | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
5186 Argument::argsToDecoBuffer(&buf2, arguments, mangle); |
| 159 | 5187 unsigned len = buf2.offset; |
| 5188 buf->printf("%c%d%.*s", mangleChar[ty], len, len, (char *)buf2.extractData()); | |
| 5189 } | |
| 5190 | |
| 5191 Expression *TypeTuple::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 5192 { Expression *e; | |
| 5193 | |
| 5194 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 5195 printf("TypeTuple::getProperty(type = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 5196 #endif | |
| 5197 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 5198 { | |
| 5199 e = new IntegerExp(loc, arguments->dim, Type::tsize_t); | |
| 5200 } | |
| 5201 else | |
| 5202 { | |
| 5203 error(loc, "no property '%s' for tuple '%s'", ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 5204 e = new IntegerExp(loc, 1, Type::tint32); | |
| 5205 } | |
| 5206 return e; | |
| 5207 } | |
| 5208 | |
| 5209 /***************************** TypeSlice *****************************/ | |
| 5210 | |
| 5211 /* This is so we can slice a TypeTuple */ | |
| 5212 | |
| 5213 TypeSlice::TypeSlice(Type *next, Expression *lwr, Expression *upr) | |
| 5214 : Type(Tslice, next) | |
| 5215 { | |
| 5216 //printf("TypeSlice[%s .. %s]\n", lwr->toChars(), upr->toChars()); | |
| 5217 this->lwr = lwr; | |
| 5218 this->upr = upr; | |
| 5219 } | |
| 5220 | |
| 5221 Type *TypeSlice::syntaxCopy() | |
| 5222 { | |
| 5223 Type *t = new TypeSlice(next->syntaxCopy(), lwr->syntaxCopy(), upr->syntaxCopy()); | |
| 5224 return t; | |
| 5225 } | |
| 5226 | |
| 5227 Type *TypeSlice::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 5228 { | |
| 5229 //printf("TypeSlice::semantic() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 5230 next = next->semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 5231 //printf("next: %s\n", next->toChars()); | |
| 5232 | |
| 5233 Type *tbn = next->toBasetype(); | |
| 5234 if (tbn->ty != Ttuple) | |
| 5235 { error(loc, "can only slice tuple types, not %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 5236 return Type::terror; | |
| 5237 } | |
| 5238 TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)tbn; | |
| 5239 | |
| 5240 lwr = semanticLength(sc, tbn, lwr); | |
| 5241 lwr = lwr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5242 uinteger_t i1 = lwr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5243 | |
| 5244 upr = semanticLength(sc, tbn, upr); | |
| 5245 upr = upr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5246 uinteger_t i2 = upr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5247 | |
| 5248 if (!(i1 <= i2 && i2 <= tt->arguments->dim)) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
5249 { error(loc, "slice [%ju..%ju] is out of range of [0..%u]", i1, i2, tt->arguments->dim); |
| 159 | 5250 return Type::terror; |
| 5251 } | |
| 5252 | |
| 5253 Arguments *args = new Arguments; | |
| 5254 args->reserve(i2 - i1); | |
| 5255 for (size_t i = i1; i < i2; i++) | |
| 5256 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)tt->arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5257 args->push(arg); | |
| 5258 } | |
| 5259 | |
| 5260 return new TypeTuple(args); | |
| 5261 } | |
| 5262 | |
| 5263 void TypeSlice::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 5264 { | |
| 5265 next->resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 5266 if (*pe) | |
| 5267 { // It's really a slice expression | |
| 5268 Expression *e; | |
| 5269 e = new SliceExp(loc, *pe, lwr, upr); | |
| 5270 *pe = e; | |
| 5271 } | |
| 5272 else if (*ps) | |
| 5273 { Dsymbol *s = *ps; | |
| 5274 TupleDeclaration *td = s->isTupleDeclaration(); | |
| 5275 if (td) | |
| 5276 { | |
| 5277 /* It's a slice of a TupleDeclaration | |
| 5278 */ | |
| 5279 ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol(td); | |
| 5280 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 5281 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 5282 | |
| 5283 lwr = lwr->semantic(sc); | |
| 5284 lwr = lwr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5285 uinteger_t i1 = lwr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5286 | |
| 5287 upr = upr->semantic(sc); | |
| 5288 upr = upr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5289 uinteger_t i2 = upr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5290 | |
| 5291 sc = sc->pop(); | |
| 5292 | |
| 5293 if (!(i1 <= i2 && i2 <= td->objects->dim)) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
5294 { error(loc, "slice [%ju..%ju] is out of range of [0..%u]", i1, i2, td->objects->dim); |
| 159 | 5295 goto Ldefault; |
| 5296 } | |
| 5297 | |
| 5298 if (i1 == 0 && i2 == td->objects->dim) | |
| 5299 { | |
| 5300 *ps = td; | |
| 5301 return; | |
| 5302 } | |
| 5303 | |
| 5304 /* Create a new TupleDeclaration which | |
| 5305 * is a slice [i1..i2] out of the old one. | |
| 5306 */ | |
| 5307 Objects *objects = new Objects; | |
| 5308 objects->setDim(i2 - i1); | |
| 5309 for (size_t i = 0; i < objects->dim; i++) | |
| 5310 { | |
| 5311 objects->data[i] = td->objects->data[(size_t)i1 + i]; | |
| 5312 } | |
| 5313 | |
| 5314 TupleDeclaration *tds = new TupleDeclaration(loc, td->ident, objects); | |
| 5315 *ps = tds; | |
| 5316 } | |
| 5317 else | |
| 5318 goto Ldefault; | |
| 5319 } | |
| 5320 else | |
| 5321 { | |
| 5322 Ldefault: | |
| 5323 Type::resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 5324 } | |
| 5325 } | |
| 5326 | |
| 5327 void TypeSlice::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 5328 { | |
| 5329 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 5330 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 5331 return; | |
| 5332 } | |
| 5333 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 5334 | |
| 5335 buf->printf("[%s .. ", lwr->toChars()); | |
| 5336 buf->printf("%s]", upr->toChars()); | |
| 5337 } | |
| 5338 | |
| 5339 /***************************** Argument *****************************/ | |
| 5340 | |
| 5341 Argument::Argument(unsigned storageClass, Type *type, Identifier *ident, Expression *defaultArg) | |
| 5342 { | |
| 5343 this->type = type; | |
| 5344 this->ident = ident; | |
| 5345 this->storageClass = storageClass; | |
| 5346 this->defaultArg = defaultArg; | |
| 5347 } | |
| 5348 | |
| 5349 Argument *Argument::syntaxCopy() | |
| 5350 { | |
| 5351 Argument *a = new Argument(storageClass, | |
| 5352 type ? type->syntaxCopy() : NULL, | |
| 5353 ident, | |
| 5354 defaultArg ? defaultArg->syntaxCopy() : NULL); | |
| 5355 return a; | |
| 5356 } | |
| 5357 | |
| 5358 Arguments *Argument::arraySyntaxCopy(Arguments *args) | |
| 5359 { Arguments *a = NULL; | |
| 5360 | |
| 5361 if (args) | |
| 5362 { | |
| 5363 a = new Arguments(); | |
| 5364 a->setDim(args->dim); | |
| 5365 for (size_t i = 0; i < a->dim; i++) | |
| 5366 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)args->data[i]; | |
| 5367 | |
| 5368 arg = arg->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 5369 a->data[i] = (void *)arg; | |
| 5370 } | |
| 5371 } | |
| 5372 return a; | |
| 5373 } | |
| 5374 | |
| 5375 char *Argument::argsTypesToChars(Arguments *args, int varargs) | |
| 5376 { OutBuffer *buf; | |
| 5377 | |
| 5378 buf = new OutBuffer(); | |
| 5379 | |
| 5380 buf->writeByte('('); | |
| 5381 if (args) | |
| 5382 { int i; | |
| 5383 OutBuffer argbuf; | |
| 5384 HdrGenState hgs; | |
| 5385 | |
| 5386 for (i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
| 5387 { Argument *arg; | |
| 5388 | |
| 5389 if (i) | |
| 5390 buf->writeByte(','); | |
| 5391 arg = (Argument *)args->data[i]; | |
| 5392 argbuf.reset(); | |
| 5393 arg->type->toCBuffer2(&argbuf, &hgs, 0); | |
| 5394 buf->write(&argbuf); | |
| 5395 } | |
| 5396 if (varargs) | |
| 5397 { | |
| 5398 if (i && varargs == 1) | |
| 5399 buf->writeByte(','); | |
| 5400 buf->writestring("..."); | |
| 5401 } | |
| 5402 } | |
| 5403 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 5404 | |
| 5405 return buf->toChars(); | |
| 5406 } | |
| 5407 | |
| 5408 void Argument::argsToCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, Arguments *arguments, int varargs) | |
| 5409 { | |
| 5410 buf->writeByte('('); | |
| 5411 if (arguments) | |
| 5412 { int i; | |
| 5413 OutBuffer argbuf; | |
| 5414 | |
| 5415 for (i = 0; i < arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5416 { Argument *arg; | |
| 5417 | |
| 5418 if (i) | |
| 5419 buf->writestring(", "); | |
| 5420 arg = (Argument *)arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5421 if (arg->storageClass & STCout) | |
| 5422 buf->writestring("out "); | |
| 5423 else if (arg->storageClass & STCref) | |
| 5424 buf->writestring((global.params.Dversion == 1) | |
| 5425 ? (char *)"inout " : (char *)"ref "); | |
| 5426 else if (arg->storageClass & STClazy) | |
| 5427 buf->writestring("lazy "); | |
| 5428 argbuf.reset(); | |
| 5429 arg->type->toCBuffer(&argbuf, arg->ident, hgs); | |
| 5430 if (arg->defaultArg) | |
| 5431 { | |
| 5432 argbuf.writestring(" = "); | |
| 5433 arg->defaultArg->toCBuffer(&argbuf, hgs); | |
| 5434 } | |
| 5435 buf->write(&argbuf); | |
| 5436 } | |
| 5437 if (varargs) | |
| 5438 { | |
| 5439 if (i && varargs == 1) | |
| 5440 buf->writeByte(','); | |
| 5441 buf->writestring("..."); | |
| 5442 } | |
| 5443 } | |
| 5444 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 5445 } | |
| 5446 | |
| 5447 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
5448 void Argument::argsToDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, Arguments *arguments, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 5449 { |
| 5450 //printf("Argument::argsToDecoBuffer()\n"); | |
| 5451 | |
| 5452 // Write argument types | |
| 5453 if (arguments) | |
| 5454 { | |
| 5455 size_t dim = Argument::dim(arguments); | |
| 5456 for (size_t i = 0; i < dim; i++) | |
| 5457 { | |
| 5458 Argument *arg = Argument::getNth(arguments, i); | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
5459 arg->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 5460 } |
| 5461 } | |
| 5462 } | |
| 5463 | |
| 5464 /**************************************************** | |
| 5465 * Determine if parameter is a lazy array of delegates. | |
| 5466 * If so, return the return type of those delegates. | |
| 5467 * If not, return NULL. | |
| 5468 */ | |
| 5469 | |
| 5470 Type *Argument::isLazyArray() | |
| 5471 { | |
| 5472 // if (inout == Lazy) | |
| 5473 { | |
| 5474 Type *tb = type->toBasetype(); | |
| 5475 if (tb->ty == Tsarray || tb->ty == Tarray) | |
| 5476 { | |
| 5477 Type *tel = tb->next->toBasetype(); | |
| 5478 if (tel->ty == Tdelegate) | |
| 5479 { | |
| 5480 TypeDelegate *td = (TypeDelegate *)tel; | |
| 5481 TypeFunction *tf = (TypeFunction *)td->next; | |
| 5482 | |
| 5483 if (!tf->varargs && Argument::dim(tf->parameters) == 0) | |
| 5484 { | |
| 5485 return tf->next; // return type of delegate | |
| 5486 } | |
| 5487 } | |
| 5488 } | |
| 5489 } | |
| 5490 return NULL; | |
| 5491 } | |
| 5492 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
5493 void Argument::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 5494 { |
| 5495 switch (storageClass & (STCin | STCout | STCref | STClazy)) | |
| 5496 { case 0: | |
| 5497 case STCin: | |
| 5498 break; | |
| 5499 case STCout: | |
| 5500 buf->writeByte('J'); | |
| 5501 break; | |
| 5502 case STCref: | |
| 5503 buf->writeByte('K'); | |
| 5504 break; | |
| 5505 case STClazy: | |
| 5506 buf->writeByte('L'); | |
| 5507 break; | |
| 5508 default: | |
| 5509 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 5510 halt(); | |
| 5511 #endif | |
| 5512 assert(0); | |
| 5513 } | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
5514 type->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 5515 } |
| 5516 | |
| 5517 /*************************************** | |
| 5518 * Determine number of arguments, folding in tuples. | |
| 5519 */ | |
| 5520 | |
| 5521 size_t Argument::dim(Arguments *args) | |
| 5522 { | |
| 5523 size_t n = 0; | |
| 5524 if (args) | |
| 5525 { | |
| 5526 for (size_t i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
| 5527 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)args->data[i]; | |
| 5528 Type *t = arg->type->toBasetype(); | |
| 5529 | |
| 5530 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5531 { TypeTuple *tu = (TypeTuple *)t; | |
| 5532 n += dim(tu->arguments); | |
| 5533 } | |
| 5534 else | |
| 5535 n++; | |
| 5536 } | |
| 5537 } | |
| 5538 return n; | |
| 5539 } | |
| 5540 | |
| 5541 /*************************************** | |
| 5542 * Get nth Argument, folding in tuples. | |
| 5543 * Returns: | |
| 5544 * Argument* nth Argument | |
| 5545 * NULL not found, *pn gets incremented by the number | |
| 5546 * of Arguments | |
| 5547 */ | |
| 5548 | |
| 5549 Argument *Argument::getNth(Arguments *args, size_t nth, size_t *pn) | |
| 5550 { | |
| 5551 if (!args) | |
| 5552 return NULL; | |
| 5553 | |
| 5554 size_t n = 0; | |
| 5555 for (size_t i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
| 5556 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)args->data[i]; | |
| 5557 Type *t = arg->type->toBasetype(); | |
| 5558 | |
| 5559 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5560 { TypeTuple *tu = (TypeTuple *)t; | |
| 5561 arg = getNth(tu->arguments, nth - n, &n); | |
| 5562 if (arg) | |
| 5563 return arg; | |
| 5564 } | |
| 5565 else if (n == nth) | |
| 5566 return arg; | |
| 5567 else | |
| 5568 n++; | |
| 5569 } | |
| 5570 | |
| 5571 if (pn) | |
| 5572 *pn += n; | |
| 5573 return NULL; | |
| 5574 } |